Additional Content

Additional Content

All Works (Full)

Sri Garga Samhita

Chapter Three
Kālindy-āgamana-varṇaṇa
Description of the Yamunā's Arrival

Text 1

Verse text

śrī-sannanda uvāca
goloke hariṇājṣāptā
kālindī saritāṁ varā
kṛṣṇaṁ pradakṣiṇī-kṛtya
gantum abhyudyatābhavat

Synonyms

śrī-sannandaḥ uvāca — Śrī Sannanda said ; goloke — in Goloka ; hariṇā — by Lord Hari ; jṣāptā — informed ; kālindī — Yamunā ; saritām — of rivers ; varā — the best ; kṛṣṇam — Lord Kṛṣṇa ; pradakṣinī-kṛtya — circumambulating ; gantum — to go ; abhyudyata — about ; abhavat — became.

Translation

Śrī Sannanda said: Ordered by Lord Kṛṣṇa in Goloka, Yamunā, the best of rivers, circumambulated the Lord and was about to go (to the earth).
Text 2

Verse text

tadaiva virajā sākṣad
gaṅgā brahma-dravodbhavā
dve nadyau yamunāyāṁ tu
sampralīne babhūvatuḥ

Synonyms

tadā — then ; eva — certainly ; virajā — Viraja ; sākṣat — directly ; gaṅgā — the Ganges ; brahma-dravodbhavā — spiritual river ; dve — two ; nadyau — rivers ; yamunāyām — in the yamuna ; tu — indeed ; sampralīne — merged ; babhūvatuḥ — became.

Translation

Then the Virajā river and the spiritual Gaṅgā river both entered the Yamunā.
Text 3

Verse text

paripūrṇatamāṁ kṛṣṇāṁ
tasmāt kṛṣṇasya nanda-rāṭ
patta-rājṣiṁ vidur janāḥ

Synonyms

paripūrṇatamam — the supreme ; kṛṣṇam — the Yamunā ; tasmāt — from that ; kṛṣṇasya — of Kṛṣṇa ; nanda-rāṭ — King Nanda ; paripūrṇatamasya — of the Supreme Personality of Godhead ; api — even ; paṭṭarājṣim — the most important queen ; viduḥ — know ; janāḥ — the people.

Translation

paripūrṇatamasyāpi O king Nanda, for this reason the people know that the Yamunā is the greatest of rivers and the first queen of Lord Kṛṣṇa.
Text 4

Verse text

tato vegena mahatā
kālindī saritāṁ varā
bibheda virajā-vegaṁ

Synonyms

tataḥ — then ; vegena — with power ; mahatā — great ; kālindī — the Yamunā ; saritām — of rivers ; varā — the best ; bibheda — broke ; virajā-vegam — the current of the Virajā ; nikuñja — of a forest grove ; dvāra — to the gate ; nirgatā — gone.

Translation

nikuñja-dvāra-nirgatā Then, with great force breaking through the current of the Virajā, the Yamunā left the gate of the transcendental forest grove.
Text 5

Verse text

spṛṣṭvā brahma-dravaṁ gatā
bhindanti taj-jalaṁ dīrghaṁ
sva-vegena mahā-nadī

Synonyms

asaṅkhya-brahmāṇḍa-cayam — countless universes ; spṛṣṭvā — touching ; brahma-dravam — the spiritual river ; gatā — gone ; bhindanti — breaking ; taj-jalam — that water ; dīrgham — long ; sva-vegena — by its own power ; mahā-nadī — great river.

Translation

asaṅkhya-brahmāṇḍa-cayaṁ Touching countless universes, she came to the spiritual Gaṅgā. With great force the great Yamunā river broke through the Gaṅgā's waters.
Text 6

Verse text

śrī-vāmanasya vivare

Synonyms

vama — left ; pādāṅguṣṭha — toe ; nakha — nail ; bhinna — broken ; brahmāṇḍa — of the universe ; mastake — on the head ; śrī-vāmanasya — of Lord Vāmana ; vivare — in the opening ; brahma-drava-samākule — through which the spiritual Gaṅgā flowed.

Translation

vāma-pādāṅguṣṭha-nakha- bhinna-brahmāṇḍa-mastake brahma-drava-samākule Then the Yamunā came to an opening Lord Vāmana's left toe had made in the top of a universe, an opening through which the spiritual Gaṅgā flowed.
Text 7

Verse text

tasmin śrī-gaṅgayā sārdhaṁ
praviṣṭābhūt sarid-varā vaikuṇṭhaṁ cājita-padaṁ
samprāpya dhruva-maṇḍale

Synonyms

tasmin — in that place ; śrī-gaṅgayā — Śrī Gaṅga ; sārdham — with ; praviṣṭā abhūt — endered ; sarid-varā — the best of rivers ; vaikuṇṭham — Vaikuntha ; ca — amd ; ajita — of the unconquerable ; padam — the abode ; samprāpya — attaining ; dhruva — of Dhruva ; maṇḍale — in the realm.

Translation

With Śrī Gaṅgā entering that opening, the Yamunā, the best of rivers, then came to the unconquerable Lord's abode of Vaikuṇṭha in the planet of Mahārāja Dhruva.
Text 8

Verse text

brahmalokam abhivyāpya
patanti brahma-maṇḍalāt
tataḥ surāṇāṁ śataśo
lokāl lokaṁ jagāma ha

Synonyms

brahmalokam — Brahmaloka ; abhivyāpya — attaining ; patanti — falling ; brahma-maṇḍalāt — from the planet of Brahma ; tataḥ — then ; surāṇām — of the demigods ; śataśaḥ — hundreds ; lokāl — from planet ; lokam — to planet ; jagāma — went ; ha — indeed.

Translation

Then the Yamunā came to Brahmaloka. Falling from Brahmā's planet, she went to the hundreds of planets of the demigods. She went from one planet to another.
Text 9

Verse text

tataḥ papāta vegena
giri-kūṭān atikramya
bhittvā gaṇḍa-śilā-taṭān

Synonyms

tataḥ — then ; papāta — fell ; vegena — with great force ; sumeru-giri-mūrdhāni — on top of Mount Sumeru ; giri-kūṭān — the mountain peaks ; atikramya — passing ; bhittvā — breaking ; gaṇḍa-śilā-taṭān — the stone face of the mountain.

Translation

sumeru-giri-mūrdhani Then with great force she fell on Mount Sumeru. Flowing from its peaks, she broke the stones on its slope.
Text 10

Verse text

sumeror dakṣiṇa-diśaṁ
gantum abhyuditābhavāt
tataḥ śrī-yamunā sākṣāc
chrī-gaṅgāyāṁ vinirgatā

Synonyms

sumeroḥ — from Sumeru ; dakṣiṇa-diśam — to the south ; gantum — to go ; abhyuditā abhavāt — began ; tataḥ — then ; śrī-yamunā — Śrī Yamunā ; sākṣāt — directly ; śrī-gaṅgāyām — in Śrī Gaṅgā ; vinirgatā — left.

Translation

Then, in order to go south from Mount Sumeru, Śrī Yamunā left Śrī Gaṅgā's path.
Text 11

Verse text

gaṅgā tu prayayau śailaṁ
himavantaṁ mahā-nadī
kṛṣṇā tu prayayau śailaṁ
kālindaṁ prāpya sa tadā

Synonyms

gaṅgā — the Gaṅgā ; tu — indeed ; prayayau — went ; śailam — to the mountains ; himavantam — Himalaya ; mahā-nadī — the great river ; kṛṣṇa — Yamunā ; tu — indeed ; prayayau — went ; śailam — to mount ; kalindam — kalinda ; prāpya — attaining ; sa — she ; tadā — then.

Translation

Then the Gaṅgā went to Mount Himavat and the great river Yamunā went to Mount Kalinda.
Texts 12 and 13

Verse text

kālindīti samākhyātā
kalinda-prabhavā yadā
gaṇḍa-śaila-taṭān dṛdhān
bhittvā luṭhanti bhū-khaṇḍe
kṛṣṇa vegavatī satī
deśān punantī kālindī
prāptā vai khāṇḍave vane

Synonyms

kālindī — the daughter of Kalinda ; iti — thus ; samākhyatā — named ; kalinda — from Kalinda ; prabhavā — born ; yadā — when ; kālinda-giri — of Mount Kalinda ; sānūnām — of the peaks ; gaṇḍa-śaila-taṭān — the slopes with stones ; dṛdhān — firm ; bhittvā — breaking ; luṭhanti — moving on the ground ; bhū-khaṇḍe — on the earth ; kṛṣṇa — the Yamunā ; vegavatī — —powerful ; satī — sacred ; deśān — the countries ; punanti — purifying ; kālindī — the Yamunā ; prāptā — attained ; vai — indeed ; khāṇḍave vane — the Khandava forest.

Translation

kālinda-giri-sānūnāṁ Because she is thus Mount Kalinda's daughter, she is named Kālindī. Flowing from Mount Kalinda's peaks, and breaking the hard rocks on his slopes, the sacred Kālindī swiftly flowed on the earth, purifying the countries she passed. Then she entered the Khāṇḍava forest.
Text 14

Verse text

paripūrṇatamaṁ sākṣac
chrī-kṛṣṇaṁ varam icchantī
dhṛtvā vapuḥ paraṁ divyaṁ
tapas tepe kalindajā

Synonyms

paripūrṇatamam — the Supreme Personality of Godhead ; sākṣac — directly ; chrī-kṛṣṇam — Śrī Kṛṣṇa ; varam — as her husband ; icchanti — wishing ; dhṛtvā — manifesting ; vapuḥ — a form ; param — then ; divyam — transcendental ; tapaḥ — austerity ; tepe — performed ; kalindajā — the Yamunā.

Translation

Wishing to attain Lord Kṛṣṇa, the Original Supreme Personality of Godhead, as her husband, the Kālindī assumed a splendid spiritual form and performed great austerities.
Text 15

Verse text

pitrā vinirmite gehe
jale 'dyāpi samāśritā
tato vegena kālindī
prāptābhūd vraja-maṇḍale

Synonyms

pitrā — by her father ; vinirmite — made ; gehe — in a house ; jale — in the water ; adya — today ; api — even ; samāśritā — sheltered ; tataḥ — then ; vegena — with force ; kālindī — the Kalindi ; prāptā abhūt — attained ; vraja-maṇḍale — Vraja-maṇḍala.

Translation

Even today she stays in a water-house her father made for her. Then the Kālindī swiftly entered Vraja-maṇḍala.
Text 16

Verse text

vṛndāvana-samīpe ca
mathurā-nikaṭe śubhe
śrī-mahāvana-pārśve cā
saikate ramaṇa-sthale

Synonyms

vṛndāvana — Vṛndāvana ; samīpe — near ; ca — and ; mathurā — Mathura ; nikaṭe — near ; śubhe — beautiful ; śrī-mahāvana — of Śrī Mahavana ; pārśve — by the side ; ca — and ; sā — she ; ekate — secluded ; ramaṇa — beautiful ; sthale — in a place.

Translation

Then she flowed through Vṛndāvana, beautiful Mathurā, and beautiful secluded Mahāvana.
Text 17

Verse text

śrī-goloke ca yamunā
nija-vāsaṁ cakāra ha

Synonyms

śrī-goloke — on Śrī Goloka ; ca — and ; yamunā — Yamunā ; yuthī-bhūtvā — becoming a leader of many gopīs ; ati — very ; sundarī — beautiful ; śrī-kṛṣṇacandra — of Lord Kṛṣṇacandra ; rāsa — the rasa dance ; artham — for the purpose ; nija — own ; vāsam — home ; cakāra — did ; ha — indeed.

Translation

yuthī-bhūtvāti-sundarī śrī-kṛṣṇacandra-rāsārthaṁ As the very beautiful leader of many gopīs, Śrī Yamunā made her home in Śrī Goloka to perform the rāsa dance with Śrī Kṛṣṇacandra.
Text 18

Verse text

atho vrajād vrajantī sā
bhūtvā paścima-vāhinī

Synonyms

athaḥ — then ; vrajāt — from Vraja ; vrajanti — going ; sā — she ; vraja — of Vraja ; vikṣepa — leaving ; vihvalā — overwhelmed ; prema — of love ; ānanda — of bliss ; aśru — with tears ; samyuktā — endowed ; bhūtvā — becoming ; paścima — west ; vāhinī — flowing.

Translation

vraja-vikṣepa-vihvalā premānandāśru-samyuktā As she left Vraja she became overwhelmed by feelings of separation. Filled with tears of bliss and love, she turned west (and returned to Vraja).
Text 19

Verse text

tatas tri-varaṁ vegenā
natvātho vraja-maṇḍale
deśān punantī prayayau
prayāgaṁ tīrtha-sattamam

Synonyms

tataḥ — then ; tri-varam — three times ; vegenā — quickly ; natvā — bowing down ; athaḥ — then ; vraja-maṇḍale — in Vraja-mandala ; deśān — to coutnries ; punanti — purifying ; prayayau — went ; prayāgam — to Prayag ; tīrtha-sattamam — the best of holy places.

Translation

Then, bowing three times to Vraja-maṇḍala, she went to very holy Prayāga, purifying the countries she passed.
Text 20

Verse text

punaḥ śrī-gaṅgayā sārdhaṁ
kṣīrābdhiṁ sa jagāma ha
devāḥ suvarṣaṁ puṣpānāṁ
cakrur divi jaya-dhvanim

Synonyms

punaḥ — again ; śrī-gaṅgayā — Śrī Gaṅgā ; sārdham — with ; kṣīrābdhim — to the milk-ocean ; sa — she ; jagāma — went ; ha — indeed ; devaḥ — the demigods ; suvarṣam — a shower ; puṣpānām — of flowers ; cakruḥ — did ; divi — in heaven ; jaya-dhvanim — sounds of "victory!".

Translation

When, flowing with Śrī Gaṅgā, she entered the Kṣīra ocean, the demigods in heaven showered flowers and exclaimed victory!"
Text 21

Verse text

kṛṣṇā śrī-yamunā sākṣāt
kālindī saritāṁ varā
samudram etya śrī-gaṅgāṁ
prāha gadgadayā girā

Synonyms

kṛṣṇā — dark ; śrī-yamunā — Śrī Yamunā ; sākṣāt — directly ; kālindī — the daughter of Mount Kalinda ; saritām — of rivers ; varā — the best ; samudram — to the ocean ; etya — going ; śrī-gaṅgām — to Śrī Gaṅgā ; prāha — said ; gadgadayā — choked with emotion ; girā — with words.

Translation

When dark Śrī Yamunā, who was the best of rivers and the daughter of Mount Kalinda, entered the ocean, she spoke to Śrī Gaṅgā with words choked with emotion.
Text 22

Verse text

he gaṅge tvaṁ tu dhanyāsi

Synonyms

śrī-yamunā uvāca — Śrī Yamunā said ; he — O ; gaṅge — Gaṅgā ; tvam — you ; tu — indeed ; dhanyā — fortunate ; asi — are ; sarva — all ; brahmāṇḍa — universes ; pāvanī — purifying ; kṛṣṇa — of Lord Kṛṣṇa ; pādābja — from the lotus feet ; sambhūtā — born ; sarva — by all ; loka — people ; eka — alone ; vanditā — offered respects.

Translation

śrī-yamunovāca sarva-brahmāṇḍa-pāvanī kṛṣṇa-pādābja-sambhūtā sarva-lokaika-vanditā Śrī Yamunā said: O Gaṅgā, you are fortunate. You purify all the universes. You were born from Lord Kṛṣṇa's lotus foot. Everyone bows down before you alone.
Text 23

Verse text

ūrdhvaṁ yāmi harer lokaṁ
gaccha tvam api he śubhe
tvat-samānaṁ hi divyaṁ ca
na bhūtaṁ na bhaviṣyati

Synonyms

ūrdhvam — up ; yāmi — I go ; hareḥ — of Lord Hari ; lokam — to the world ; gaccha — go ; tvam — you ; api — also ; he — O ; śubhe — beautiful one ; tvat — to you ; samānam — equal ; hi — indeed ; divyam — glorious ; ca — and ; na — not ; bhūtam — was ; na — not ; bhaviṣyati — will be.

Translation

Now I will ascend to Lord Hari's abode. O beautiful one, you come also. There never was, nor will there ever be, anyone as glorious as you.
Text 24

Verse text

sarva-tīrtha-mayī gaṅgā
tasmāt tvāṁ praṇamāmy ahaṁ
yat kiñcid vā prakathitaṁ
tat kṣamasva su-maṅgale

Synonyms

śrī-gaṅgā uvāca — Śrī gaṅgā said ; sarva-tīrtha-mayī — consisting of all holy places ; gaṅgā — Gaṅgā ; tasmāt — therefore ; tvam — you ; praṇamāmi — bow down ; aham — I ; yat — what ; kiñcit — something ; vā — or ; prakathitam — said ; tat — that ; kṣamasva — please forgive ; su-maṅgale — O auspicious one.

Translation

śrī-gaṅgovāca Śrī Gaṅgā said: I, the Gaṅgā, who contain all holy places, bow down before you. O auspicious one, please forgive any improper words I may have said.
Text 25

Verse text

he kṛṣṇe tvaṁ tu dhanyāsi

Synonyms

he — O ; kṛṣṇe — dark yamunā ; tvam — you ; tu — indeed ; dhanyā — fortunate ; asi — are ; sarva — all ; brahmāṇḍa — universes ; pāvanī — purifying ; kṛṣṇa — of Lord Kṛṣṇa ; vāma — left ; āṁsa — from the shoulder ; sambhūtā — born ; parama — transcendental ; ānanda — bliss ; rūpiṇī — the form.

Translation

sarva-brahmāṇḍa-pāvanī kṛṣṇa-vamāṁsa-sambhūtā paramānanda-rūpiṇī O dark Yamunā, you are the fortunate one. You purify all the universes. You were born from Lord Kṛṣṇa's left shoulder. Your form is full of transcendental bliss.
Text 26

Verse text

paripūrṇatamā sākṣāt
śrī-kṛṣṇasya mahātmanaḥ

Synonyms

paripūrṇatamā — most perfect ; sākṣāt — directly ; sarva-lokaika-vanditā — offered respect by all ; paripūrṇatamasya — of the Supreme Personality of Godhead ; api — also ; śrī-kṛṣṇasya — of Śrī Kṛṣṇa ; mahātmanaḥ — the great one.

Translation

sarva-lokaika-vanditā paripūrṇatamasyāpi You are most perfect and complete. You are worshiped by all. You are dear to Śrī Kṛṣṇa, the great Supreme Personality of Godhead.
Text 27

Verse text

paṭṭa-rājṣiṁ paraṁ kṛṣṇe
kṛṣṇaṁ tvāṁ praṇamāmy aham
tīrthair devair durlabhaṁ tvaṁ
goloke 'pi ca durghaṭā

Synonyms

paṭṭa-rājṣiṁ parām — the most important queen ; kṛṣṇe — O dark one ; kṛṣṇam — to the dark one ; tvam — you ; praṇamāmi — bow down ; aham — I ; tīrthaiḥ — with holy places ; devaiḥ — with demigods ; durlabham — difficult to attain ; tvam — you ; goloke — in Goloka ; api — even ; ca — and ; durghaṭā — difficult to attain.

Translation

O dark Yamunā, I bow down to you, the first queen of Lord Kṛṣṇa. The holy places and demigods find it difficult to attain you. Even in Goloka it is difficult to attain you.
Text 28

Verse text

ahaṁ yāsyāmi pātālaṁ
śrī-kṛṣṇasyājṣayā śubhe
tvad-viyogāturāhaṁ vai
yānaṁ kartuṁ na ca kṣamā

Synonyms

aham — I ; yāsyāmi — will go ; pātālam — to Patalaloka ; śrī-kṛṣṇasya — of Śrī Kṛṣṇa ; ājṣayā — by the order ; śubhe — O beautiful one ; tvat — from you ; viyoga — by separation ; aturā — afflicted ; aham — I ; vai — indeed ; yānam — journey ; kartum — to make ; na — not ; ca — and ; kṣamā — able.

Translation

By Lord Kṛṣṇa's order I must go to Pātālaloka now. I am unhappy to leave you, but I cannot go with you.
Text 29

Verse text

yūthī-bhūtvā bhaviṣyāmi
śrī-vraje rāsa-maṇḍale
yat kiñcin me prakathitaṁ
tat kṣamasva hari-priye

Synonyms

yūthī — a leader of many gopīs ; bhūtvā — having become ; bhaviṣyāmi — I will be ; śrī-vraje — in Śrī Vraja ; rāsa-maṇḍale — in the circle of the rāsa dance ; yat — what ; kiñcit — something ; me — of me ; prakathitam — said ; tat — that ; kṣamasva — please forgive ; hari-priye — O beloved of Lord Hari.

Translation

I will become a leader of many gopīs in the rāsa-dance circle in Śrī Vraja. O beloved of Lord Hari, please forgive any improper words I may have said.
Text 30

Verse text

śrī-sannanda uvāca
itthaṁ parasparaṁ natvā
dve nadyau yayatur drutaṁ
lokān pavitrī-kurvantī
pātāle svaḥ-sarid gatā

Synonyms

śrī-sannandaḥ uvāca — Śrī Sannanda said ; ittham — thus ; parasparam — to each other ; natvā — bowing down ; dve — two ; nadyau — rivers ; yayatuḥ — -went ; drutam — quickly ; lokān — to the planets ; pavitrī-kurvanti — purifying ; pātāle — to Patala ; svaḥ-sarit — the heavenly Gaṅgā ; gatā — went.

Translation

Śrī Sannanda said: Bowing down before each other, the two rivers then quickly went their respective ways. The heavenly Gaṅgā went to Pātālaloka, purifying the planets as she passed.
Text 31

Verse text

sāpi bhogavatī-nāmnā
babhau bhogavatī-vane
yaj-jalaṁ sa-trinayanaḥ
śeṣo mūrdhnā bibharti ha

Synonyms

sā — she ; api — also ; bhogavatī-nāmnā — by the name Bhagavatī ; babhau — is manifested ; bhogavatī-vane — in Bhogavatī forest ; yaj-jalam — the water of ehom ; sa-trinayanaḥ — with Lord Śiva ; śeṣaḥ — Lord Śeṣa ; mūrdhnā — on His head ; bibharti — carries ; ha — certainly.

Translation

There she is named Bhogavatī, for she flows through the Bhogavatī forest. Lord Śeṣa and Lord Śiva carry her water on Their heads.
Text 32

Verse text

atha kṛṣṇā sva-vegena
bhittvā saptābdhi-maṇḍalam
luṭhanti vegavat tarā

Synonyms

atha — then ; kṛṣṇā — the Yamunā ; sva-vegena — quickly ; bhittvā — breaking ; saptābdhi-maṇḍalam — the seven oceans ; sapta-dvīpa-mahī-pṛṣṭhe — on the seven continents ; luṭhanti — moving ; vegavattarā — quickly.

Translation

sāpta-dvīpa-mahī-pṛṣṭhe Quickly traversing the seven oceans, the dark Yamunā quickly flowed through the world of seven islands.
Text 33

Verse text

gatvā svarṇamayīṁ bhūmiṁ
lokālokācalaṁ gatā
taṭaṁ bhittvā kālindajā

Synonyms

gatvā — coming ; svarṇamayīm — golden ; bhūmim — to the land ; lokalokācalam — Mount Lokaloka ; gatā — gone ; tat-sānu — on its peaks ; gaṇḍa-śailānām — of rocks ; taṭam — slope ; bhittvā — breaking ; kālindajā — the Yamunā.

Translation

tat-sānu-gaṇḍa-śailānāṁ Then the Yamunā flowed to the golden land and then Mount Lokāloka where, flowing from its peaks, she broke the rocks on its slopes.
Text 34

Verse text

tan-mūrdhni cotpapātāśu
udgacchanti tad-ūrdhvaṁ sā
yayau svargaṁ tu nākinām

Synonyms

tan-mūrdhni — on its head ; ca — also ; utpapāta — rose ; āśu — quickly ; sphāravaj-jala-dhārayā — a great stream of water ; udgacchanti — rising ; tad-ūrdhvam — above that ; sā — she ; yayau — went ; svargam — to Svargaloka ; tu — indeed ; nākinām — of the heavenly planets.

Translation

sphāravaj-jala-dhārayā Then she rose again to its peaks and, with a great stream of water, rose to Svargaloka in the heavenly worlds.
Text 35

Verse text

ā-brahmalokaṁ lokāṁs tān
abhivyāpya hareḥ padam
brahmāṇḍa-randhraṁ śrī-brahma-
drava-yuktaṁ sametya sā

Synonyms

ā-brahmalokam — up to Brahmaloka ; lokān — the planets ; tān — them ; abhivyāpya — passing ; hareḥ — of Lord Hari ; padam — to the abode ; brahmāṇḍa — of universe ; śrī-brahma-drava-yuktam — with the Gaṅgā ; sametya — meeting ; sā — she.

Translation

She passed through the planets on the way to Brahmaloka and, meeting the Gaṅgā at the opening in the universe, went to Lord Hari's abode.
Text 36

Verse text

puṣpa-varṣaṁ pravarṣatsu
deveṣu praṇateṣu ca
punaḥ śrī-kṛṣṇa-golokaṁ
āruroha sarid-varā

Synonyms

puṣpa — of flowers ; varṣam — a shower ; pravarṣatsu — showering ; deveṣu — as the demigods ; praṇateṣu — bowing down ; ca — and ; punaḥ — again ; śrī-kṛṣṇa-golokam — to Śrī Kṛṣṇa's Goloka ; āruroha — ascended

Translation

As the demigods showered flowers and bowed down to offer respects, Śrī Yamunā, the best of rivers, returned to Śrī Kṛṣṇa's abode of Goloka.
Text 37

Verse text

kālinda-giri-nandinī-nava-caritram etac chubhaṁ
śrutaṁ ca yadi paṭhitaṁ bhuvi tanoti sanmaṅgalam
jano 'pi yadi dhārayet kila paṭhec ca yo nītyaśaḥ
sa yāti paramaṁ padaṁ nija-nikuñja-līlāvṛtam

Synonyms

kālinda-giri-nandinī — of the daughter of Mount Kalinda ; nava — new ; caritram — pastimes ; etat — this ; śubham — auspicious ; śrutam — heard ; ca — and ; yadi — if ; paṭhitam — read ; bhuvi — on earth ; tanoti — gives ; sanmaṅgalam — auspiciousness ; janaḥ — a person ; api — even ; yadi — if ; dhārayet — remembers ; kila paṭhec — reads ; ca — or ; yaḥ — who ; nītyaśaḥ — regularly ; sa — he ; yāti — goes ; paramam — to the supreme ; padam — abode ; nija — own ; nikuñja — forest groves ; līlā — with pastimes ; āvṛtam — filled.

Translation

If a person in this world hears or reads this auspicious and ever-new pastime of Mount Kalinda's daughter Yamunā, he will attain great auspiciousness. If one regularly reads or remembers this pastime, he will attain the transcendental forest groves where the Supreme Lord enjoys His pastimes. Chapter Sixteen Srī Yamunā-kavaca The Srī Yamunā Armor
Text 1

Verse text

yamunāyāḥ krsna-rājnyāḥ
kavacaṁ sarvato 'malam
dehi mahyaṁ mahā-bhāga
dhārayisyāmy ahaṁ sadā

Synonyms

śrī-mandhātā uvāca — Srī Mandhātā sdaid ; yamunāyāḥ — of the Yamunā ; krsna-rājnyāḥ — Lord Krsna's queen ; kavacam — the armor ; sarvataḥ — everywhere ; amalam — pure ; dehi — please give ; mahyam — to me ; mahā-bhāga — O fortunate one ; dhārayisyāmy — will keep ; aham — I ; sadā — always.

Translation

śrī-mandhātovāca Srī Mandhātā said: O fortunate one, please give to me the supremely splendid kavaca of Srī Yamunā, Lord Krsna's queen. I will always keep in very carefully.
Text 2

Verse text

śrī-caurabhir uvāca
yamunāyāc ca kavacam
sarva-raksakaram nrnām
catus-padārtha-dam sāksāc
chrnu rājan mahā-mate

Synonyms

śrī-caurabhir uvāca — Srī Saurabhi said ; yamunāyāc — of the Yamunā ; ca — and ; kavacam — kavaca ; sarva-raksakaram — protecting from all ; nrnām — of people ; catus-padārtha-dam — granting the four goals opf life ; sāksāc — directly ; crnu — please hear ; rājan — O king ; mahā-mate — noble-hearted.

Translation

Srī saurabhi said: O noble-hearted king, please hear the Yamunā-kavaca, which protects one from all dangers and brings to one the four goals of life.
Text 3

Verse text

krsnām catur-bhujām cyāmām
ratha-sthām sundarīm dhyātvā
dhārayet kavacam tataḥ

Synonyms

krsnām — dark ; catur-bhujām — four arms ; cyāmām — dark ; punḍarīka-daleksanām — with lotus petal eyes ; ratha-sthām — seated on a chariot ; sundarīm — beautiful ; dhyātvā — meditsting ; dhārayet — should meditate ; kavacam — kavaca ; tataḥ — then.

Translation

punḍarīka-daleksanām One should meditate on dark, four-armed, beautiful, lotus-petal-eyed Yamunā, who is seated on a chariot. Then one should meditate on the Yamunā-kavaca.
Text 4

Verse text

snātaḥ purva-mukho maunī
krta-sandhyaḥ kucāsane
kucair baddha-cikho vipraḥ
pathed vai svastikāsanaḥ

Synonyms

snātaḥ — bathed ; purva-mukhaḥ — facing east ; maunī — silent ; krta-sandhyaḥ — having offered sandhya prayers ; kucāsane — on a kuca seat ; kucaiḥ — with kuca ; baddha — bound ; cikhaḥ — hair ; vipraḥ — a brāhmana ; pathet — should recite ; vai — indeed ; svastikāsanaḥ — sitting in svasita-asana.

Translation

A brāhmana should bathe, face the east, refrain from conversation, offer the sandhyā prayers, sit in the svastika-āsana posture on a kuca mat, tie his hair with kuca grass, and recite the following words.
Text 5

Verse text

yamunā me ciraḥ pātu
krsnā netra-dvayam sadā
cyāmā bhru-bhagga-decam ca
nāsikām nāka-vāsinī

Synonyms

yamunā — Yamunā ; me — my ; ciraḥ — head ; pātu — may protect ; krsnā — Krsnā ; netra-dvayam — two eyes ; sadā — always ; cyāma — Syāmā ; bhru-bhagga-decam — eyebrtows ; ca — and ; nāsikām — nose ; nāka-vāsinī — she who lives in heaven.

Translation

May Yamunā always protect my head. May Krsnā always protect my eyes. May Syāmā always protect my eyebrows. May Nākavāsinī always protect my nose.
Text 6

Verse text

kapolau pātu me sāksāt
pātu karna-dvayam mama

Synonyms

kapolau — cheeks ; pātu — may protect ; me — my ; sāksāt — directly ; paramānanda-rupinī — she who has a form of bliss ; krsna-vāmāmsa — from Lord Krsna's left shoulder ; sambhutā — born ; pātu — may protect ; karna-dvayam — ears ; mama — my

Translation

paramānanda-rupinī krsna-vāmāmsa-sambhutā May Paramānanda-rupinī always protect my cheeks. May Krsna-vāmāmsa-sambhutā always protect my ears.
Text 7

Verse text

adharau pātu kālindī
cibukam surya-kanyakā
yama-svasā kandharam ca
hrdayam me mahā-nadī

Synonyms

adharau — lips ; pātu — may protect ; kālindī — Kalindi ; cibukam — chin ; surya-kanyakā — the daughter of the sun-god ; yama-svasā — the sister of Yamaraja ; kandharam — neck ; ca — and ; hrdayam — chest ; me — my ; mahā-nadī — the great river.

Translation

May Kālindī always protect my lips. May Surya-kanyakā always protect my chin. May Yama-svasā always protect my neck. May Mahā-nadī always protect my chest.
Text 8

Verse text

krsna-priyā pātu prsthim
tatinī me bhuja-dvayam
cronī-tatam ca su-cronī
katim me cāru-darcanā

Synonyms

krsna-priyā — Lord Krsna's beloved ; pātu — may protect ; prsthim — back ; tatinī — sides ; me — my ; bhuja-dvayam — arms ; cronī-tatam — thighs ; ca — and ; su-cronī — beautiful-thighed ; katim — hips ; me — my ; cāru-darcanā — beautiful to see.

Translation

May Krsna-priyā always protect my back. May Tatinī always protect my arms. May Sucronī always protect my loins. May Cāru-darcanā always protect my hips.
Text 9

Verse text

uru-dvayam tu rambhorur
jānunī tv agghri-bhedinī gulphau rāsecvarī pātu
pādau pāpa-prahārinī

Synonyms

uru-dvayam — thighs ; tu — indeed ; rambhoruḥ — banana-tree thighs ; jānunī — knees ; tv — indeed ; agghri-bhedinī — dividing the feet ; gulphau — ankles ; rāsecvarī — queen of the rasa dance ; pātu — may protect ; pādau — feet ; pāpa-prahārinī — removing sins.

Translation

May Rambhoru always protect my thighs. May Agghri-bhedinī always protect my knees. May Rāsecvarī always protect my ankles. May Pāpa-prahārinī always protect my feet.
Text 10

Verse text

antar bahir adhac cordhvam
dicāsu vidicāsu ca
samantāt pātu jagataḥ

Synonyms

antaḥ — within ; bahiḥ — without ; adhac — below ; ca — and ; urdhvam — above ; dicāsu — in the four directions ; vidicāsu — in the four intermediate directions ; ca — and ; samantāt — everywhere ; jagataḥ — from the universe ; paripurnatama-priyā — the beloved of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

Translation

paripurnatama-priyā May Paripurnatama-priyā always protect me from everything that is inside, outside, above, below, in the eight directions, and in the entire universe.
Text 11

Verse text

idam śrī-yamunāyāc ca
kavacam paramādbhutam
daca-vāram pathed bhaktyā
nirdhano dhanavān bhavet

Synonyms

idam — this ; śrī-yamunāyāc — of Srī Yamunā ; ca — and ; kavacam — the armor ; paramādbhutam — supremely wonderful ; daca-vāram — ten times ; pathet — may recite ; bhaktyā — with devotion ; nirdhanaḥ — pauper ; dhanavān — wealthy ; bhavet — becomes.

Translation

A pauper who ten times recites with devotion this very wonderful Yamunā-kavaca becomes wealthy.
Text 12

Verse text

tribhir māsaiḥ pathed dhīmān
brahmacārī mitācanaḥ
sarva-rājyādhipatyam ca
prāpyate nātra samcayaḥ

Synonyms

tribhiḥ — for three ; māsaiḥ — months ; pathet — recites ; dhīmān — wise ; brahmacārī — celibzate ; mitācanaḥ — eating frugally ; sarva-rājyādhipatyam — a great kingdom ; ca — and ; prāpyate — attains ; na — not ; atra — here ; samcayaḥ — doubt.

Translation

A wise brahmacārī who eats little and for three months recites this kavaca attains a great kingdom. Of this there is no doubt.
Text 13

Verse text

dacottara-catam nityam
tri-māsāvadhi bhaktitaḥ
yaḥ pathet prayato bhutvā
tasya kim kim na jāyate

Synonyms

dacottara-catam — 110 ; nityam — regularly ; tri-māsāvadhi — for three months ; bhaktitaḥ — with devotion ; yaḥ — one who ; pathet — recites ; prayataḥ — mostly ; bhutvā — b3ecoming ; tasya — of him ; kim — what? ; kim — what? ; na — not ; jāyate — is born.

Translation

What is not attained by a person who within three months chants this kavaca 110 times with devotion?
Text 14

Verse text

yaḥ pathet prātar utthāya
sarva-tīrtha-phalam labhet
ante vrajet param dhāma
golokam yogi-durlabham

Synonyms

yaḥ — who ; pathet — recites ; prātaḥ — early in the morning ; utthāya — rising ; sarva-tīrtha-phalam — the result of all pilgrimages ; labhet — attains ; ante — at the end ; vrajet — goes ; param — to the supreme ; dhāma — abode ; golokam — Goloka ; yogi-durlabham — which even the great yogis cannot attain.

Translation

A person who rises early and recites this kavaca attains the result of all pilgrimages. At the end of his life he goes to Srī Goloka, the supreme abode, which even the great yogīs cannot attain. .pa Chapter Seventeen Srī Yamunā-stava Prayers to Srī Yamunā
Text 1

Verse text

yamunāyāḥ stavam divyam
sarva-siddhi-karam param
saubhare muni-cārdula
vada mā krpayā tvaram

Synonyms

śrī-mandhātā uāca — Srī Mandhātā said ; yamunāyāḥ — of the Yamunā ; stavam — prayer ; divyam — splendid ; sarva-siddhi-karam — granting all perfections ; param — great ; saubhare — O Saubhari ; muni-cārdula — tigerof the sages ; vada — please tell ; mā — to me ; krpayā — kindly ; tvaram — at once.

Translation

śrī-mandhātovāca Srī Mandhātā said: O Saubhari, O tiger among sages, please kindly tell me the transcendental Yamunā-stava, which brings all perfection.
Text 2

Verse text

śrī-saubharir uvāca
mārtanḍa-kanyakāyās tu
stavam crnu mahā-mate
sarva-siddhi-karam bhumau

Synonyms

śrī-saubharir uvāca — Srī saubhari said ; mārtanḍa-kanyakāyāḥ — of the Yamuna ; tu — indeed ; stavam — the prayer ; crnu — please hear ; mahā-mate — O noble-hearted one ; sarva-siddhi-karam — granting all perfections ; bhumau — on the earth ; catur-vargya-phala-pradam — granting the four goals of life.

Translation

catur-vargya-phala-pradam Srī Saubhari said: O noble-hearted one, please hear the Yamunā-stava, which grants all perfection and brings the four goals of life.
Text 3

Verse text

krsnāyai satatam namaḥ
namaḥ śrī-krsna-rupinyai
krsne tubhyam namo namaḥ

Synonyms

krsna-vāmāmsa-bhutāyai — born from Lord Krsna's left shoulder ; krsnāyai — to the Yamunā ; satatam — always ; namaḥ — obeisances ; namaḥ — obeisances ; śrī-krsna-rupinyai — who has a form like Srī Krsna ; krsne — O Yamunā ; tubhyam — to you ; namaḥ — obeisances ; namaḥ — obeisances.

Translation

krsna-vāmāmsa-bhutāyai Obeisances to Srī Yamunā, who was bron from Srī Krsna's left shoulder! Obeisances to Srī Yamunā, who has a spiritual form like that of Lord Krsna! O Srī Yamunā, obeisances to you! Obeisances to you!
Text 4

Verse text

yaḥ pāpa-pagkāmbu-kalagka-kutsitaḥ
kāmī kudhīḥ satsu kalim karoti hi
vrndāvanam dhāma dadāti tasmai

Synonyms

yaḥ — one who ; pāpa — of sin ; pagkāmbu — with the mud ; kalagka-kutsitaḥ — defiled ; kāmī — lusty ; kudhīḥ — foolish ; satsu — with the devotees ; kalim — quarrel ; karoti — does ; hi — indeed ; vrndāvanam — Vrndāvana ; dhāma — abode ; dadāti — does ; tasmai — to him ; nadat — humming ; milinda — bees ; ādi — beginning with ; kalinda-nandinī — the Yamunā.

Translation

nadan-milindādi-kalinda-nandinī To a person that is lusty, foolish, polluted with many sins, and fond of quarreling with the devotees, Srī Yamunā, who is filled with many buzzing bees, gives residence in the transcendental abode of Goloka.
Text 5

Verse text

krsne sāksāt krsna-rupā tvam eva
vegāvarte vartase matsya-rupī
urmāv urmau kurma-rupī sadā te
bindau bindau bhāti govinda-devaḥ

Synonyms

krsne — O Yamunā ; sāksāt — directky ; krsna-rupā — the form of Lord Krsna ; tvam — you ; eva — indeed ; vegāvarte — swift currents ; vartase — you are ; matsya-rupī — in the form of Lord Matsya ; urmau — in the waves ; urmau — in the waves ; kurma-rupī — in the form of Lord Kurma ; sadā — always ; te — of you ; bindau — in drop ; bindau — after drop ; bhāti — shines ; govinda-devaḥ — Lord Krsna.

Translation

O Yamunā, you have a spiritual form like that of Srī Krsna. In your whirlpools Lord Matsya appears. In your waves Lord Kurma appears. In each drop of your water, Lord Krsna is splendidly manifest.
Text 6

Verse text

vande līlāvatīm tvām sa-ghana-ghana-nibhām krsna-vāmāmsa-bhutām
vegam vai vairajākhyam sakala-jala-cayam khanḍayantīm balāt svāt
chittvā brahmānḍa-bhārāt sura-nagara-nāgān ganḍa-cailādi-durgān
bhittvā bhu-khanḍa-madhye tata-nidhrtavatīr bhumi-mālām prayantīm

Synonyms

vande — I offer obeisances ; līlāvatīm — playful ; tvām — to you ; sa-ghana-ghana-nibhām — splendid as monsoon clouds ; krsna-vāmāmsa-bhutām — born from Lord Krsna's left shoulder ; vegam — swift ; vai — indeed ; vairajākhyam — named Virajā ; sakala-jala-cayam — filled with all waters ; khanḍayantīm — breaking ; balāt — forcibly ; svāt — own ; chittvā — breaking ; brahmānḍa-bhārāt — the universes ; sura-nagara — of the cities of the demigods ; nāgān — the Nagas ; ganḍa-caila — of mountains ; ādi — beginning with ; durgān — fortresses ; bhittvā — breaking ; bhu-khanḍa-madhye — in the midts of the earth ; tata-nidhrtavatīḥ — with graceful sides ; bhumi-mālām — the garland of the earth ; prayantīm — going.

Translation

I offer my respectful obeisances unto you, who are playful, who are dark as a monsoon cloud, who were born from Lord Krsna's left shoulder, who move swiftly, who are also named Virajā, who carry all waters, who break the coverings of the universe, who break great mountains and fortresses, who flow through the earth, who have beautiful shores, and who are a garland decorating the earth.
Text 7

Verse text

divyam kau nāmadheyam crutam atha yāmune danḍayaty adri-tulyam
pāpa-vyuham tv akhanḍam vasatu mama girām manḍale tu ksanam tat
danḍyāmc cākārya-danḍyān sakrd api vacasā khanḍitam yad grhītam
bhrātur mārtanḍa-sunor atati puri drḍhas te pracanḍeti danḍaḥ

Synonyms

divyam — divine ; kau — on the earth ; nāmadheyam — name ; crutam — heard ; atha — then ; yāmune — O Yamunā ; danḍayaty — punishes ; adri — mountain ; tulyam — equal ; pāpa-vyuham — sins ; tv — indeed ; akhanḍam — unbroken ; vasatu — may reside ; mama — of me ; girām — of the words ; manḍale — in the circle ; tu — that ; ksanam — momwent ; tat — that ; danḍyāmc — to be punished ; ca — and ; ākārya-danḍyān — to be punished ; sakrt — friend ; api — even ; vacasā — with words ; khanḍitam — broken ; yat — what ; grhītam — taken ; bhrātuḥ — of the brother ; mārtanḍa-sunoḥ — of the son of the sun ; atati — goes ; puri — in the city ; drḍhaḥ — firm ; te — of you ; pracanḍa — powerful ; iti — -thus ; danḍaḥ — fearsome.

Translation

O Yamunā, when it is heard on this earth, your holy name desrtoys a great mountain of sin. When your name is spoken it again destroys a great host of sins. May your holy name stay in the circle of my words. In the city of your brother, Yamarāja, who is the son of the sun-god, you are known by the name Pracanḍā.
Text 8

Verse text

rajjur vā visayāndha-kupa-tarane pāpākhu-darvī-karī
veny-usnik ca virāja-murti-ciraso mālāsti vā sundarī
dhanyam bhāgyam ataḥ param bhuvi nrnām yatrādi-krd vallabhā
goloke 'py ati-durlabhāti-cubhagā bhāty advitīyā nadī

Synonyms

rajjuḥ — a rope ; vā — or ; visaya — of the senses ; andha — blind ; kupa — well ; tarane — delivering ; pāpa — of sin ; ākhu — the mouse ; darvīkarī — snake ; veni — braids ; ca — and ; virāja — of the universe ; murti — of the form ; cirasaḥ — of the head ; mālā — grland ; asti — is ; vā — or ; sundarī — beautiful ; dhanyam — wealth ; bhāgyam — good fortune ; ataḥ — then ; param — after ; bhuvi — in the earth ; nrnām — of the people ; yatra — where ; ādi — first ; krt — doing ; vallabhā — dear ; goloke — in Goloka ; api — even ; ati-durlabha — very rare ; ati-cubhagā — very glorious ; bhāty — shines ; advitīyā — without a rival ; nadī — river.

Translation

Srī Yamunā is a rope to pull one out of the blind well of sense gratification. Srī Yamunā is a snake to eat the rat of sin. Srī Yamunā is a beautiful crown of flowers on the usnik poems that are the hair on the head of the Lord's universal form. Srī Yamunā gives wealth and good fortune to the people of this world. Even is Goloka, Srī Yamunā is dear, rare, glorious, and without any rival.
Text 9

Verse text

gopī-go-kula-gopa-keli-kalite kālindi krsna-prabhe
tvat-kule jala-lola-gola-vicalat-kallola-kolāhalaḥ
kujat-kokila-sagkulo vraja-latālagkāra-bhrt pātu mām

Synonyms

gopī — of the gopīs ; go-kula — cows ; gopa — and gopas ; keli-kalite — pastimes ; kālindi — Yamunā ; krsna-prabhe — in the glory of Srī Krsna ; tvat — of you ; kule — on the shore ; jala — waters ; lola-gola — restless ; vicalat — moving ; kallola — waves ; kolāhalaḥ — turbulence ; tvat-kāntāra — in the forest by your shores ; kutuhala — tumult ; āli-kula — bees ; krt — done ; jhagkāra — buzzing ; kekā — peacocks' cries ; ākulaḥ — filled ; kujat — cooing ; kokila — cuckoos ; sagkulaḥ — filled ; vraja — of Vraja ; latā — the vines ; alagkāra-bhrt — decorated ; pātu — may protect ; mām — me.

Translation

tvat-kāntāra-kutuhalāli-kula-krj-jhagkāra-kekākulaḥ O Yamunā, O place where the gopīs, gopas, and cows enjoy pastimes, O glory of Lord Krsna, by your shores is a great tumult of swiftly moving waves, by your shores is a great forest filled with the buzzing of bees and the calls of the peacocks, by your shores is a host of cooing cuckoos. May Srī Yamunā, who is decorated with the flowering vines of Vraja, protect me.
Text 10

Verse text

bhavanti jihvās tanu-roma-tulyā
giro yadā bhu-sikatā ivācu
tad apy alam yānti na te gunāntam
santo mahāntaḥ kila cesa-tulyā

Synonyms

bhavanti — are ; jihvāḥ — tongues ; tanu-roma-tulyā — like the hairs on the body ; giraḥ — words ; yadā — when ; bhu-sikatā — sandy shores ; iva — like ; ācu — at once ; tat — that ; apy — also ; alam — greatly ; yānti — goes ; na — not ; te — of you ; gunāntam — the virtues ; santaḥ — saintly devotees ; mahāntaḥ — great souls ; kila — indeed ; cesa-tulyā — equal to Lord Sesa.

Translation

Even if they have as many tongues as there are hairs on their bodies or grains of sand on the beach, or even if they are as powerful as Lord Sesa, the most exalted devotees still cannot properly descibe all your virtues.
Text 11

Verse text

kalinda-giri-nandinī-stava usasy ayam vāparaḥ
crutac ca yadi pāthito bhuvi tanoti san-maggalam
jano 'pi yadi dhārayet kila pathec ca yo nityacaḥ
sa yāti paramam padam nija-nikunja-līlāvrtam

Synonyms

kalinda-giri-nandinī — the daughter of Mount Kalinda ; stava — prayers ; usasi — at sunrise ; ayam — one who ; vā — or ; aparaḥ — another ; crutac — heard ; ca — and ; yadi — if ; pāthitaḥ — recited ; bhuvi — on the earth ; tanoti — gives ; san-maggalam — auspiciousness ; janaḥ — a person ; api — even ; yadi — if ; dhārayet — meditates ; kila — indeed ; pathec — recites ; ca — and ; yaḥ — who ; nityacaḥ — regularly ; sa — he ; yāti — goes ; paramam — to the supreme ; padam — abode ; nija-nikunja — your own forest ; līlā — with pastimes ; āvrtam — filled.

Translation

A person who at sunrise hears or recites these prayers glorifying Srī Yamunā attains transcendental auspiciousness. A person who regularly hears and remembers these prayers attains the supreme transcendental abode, where the Supreme Personality of Godhead enjoys pastimes in the forests by the Yamunā's shore. .pa Chapter Eighteen Patala-paddhati-varnana The Names and Worship of Srī Yamunā
Text 1

Verse text

krsnāyāḥ patalam punyam
kāmadam paddhatim tathā
vada mām muni-cārdula
tvam sāksāj jnāna-cevadhiḥ

Synonyms

śrī-mandhātā uvāca — Srī Mandhātā said ; krsnāyāḥ — of the Yamunā ; patalam — the patala ; punyam — sacred ; kāmadam — fulfilling desires ; paddhatim — the paddhati ; tathā — so ; vada — please tell ; mām — to me ; muni-cārdula — O tiger among sages ; tvam — you ; sāksāt — directly ; jnāna-cevadhiḥ — filled with knowledge.

Translation

śrī-mandhātovāca Srī Mandhātā said: O tiger among sages, you are filled with transcendental knowledge. Please describe to me the Yamunā-patala and the Yamunā-paddhati, which fulfill all desires.
Text 2

Verse text

śrī-saubharir uvāca
patalam paddhatim vaksye
yamunāyā mahā-mate
krtvā crutvātha japtvā vā
jīvan-mukto bhaven naraḥ

Synonyms

śrī-saubharir uvāca — Srī Saubhari said ; patalam — patala ; paddhatim — paddhati ; vaksye — I will speak ; yamunāyā — of the Yamunā ; mahā-mate — O noble-hearted one ; krtvā — having done ; crutvā — having heard ; , atha — then ; japtvā — having chanted ; vā — or ; jīvat — while alive in this world ; muktaḥ — liberated ; bhaven — may be ; naraḥ — a person.

Translation

Srī Saubhari said: I will now describe to you the Yamunā-patala and the Yamunā-paddhati. One who performs them, hears them, or chants them becomes liberated even in this life.
Text 3

Verse text

pranavam purvam uddhrtya
māyā-bījam tataḥ param
ramā-bījam tataḥ krtvā
kāma-bijam vidhānataḥ

Synonyms

pranavam — Om ; purvam — first ; uddhrtya — reciting ; māyā-bījam — the maya-bija ; tataḥ — then ; param — then ; ramā-bījam — the Rama-bīja syllable ; tataḥ — then ; krtvā — doing ; kāma-bijam — the Kāma-bīja syllable ; vidhānataḥ — accordingly.

Translation

First one says Om, then the Māyā-bīja, then the Ramā-bīja, and then the Kāma-bīja.
Text 4

Verse text

kālindīti caturthy ante
devī-padam ataḥ param
namaḥ paccāt samvidhārya
japen mantram imam naraḥ

Synonyms

kālindi — Kalindi ; iti — thus ; caturthy — in the dative case ; ante — at the end ; devī-padam — the word devi ; ataḥ param — then ; namaḥ — namaḥ ; paccāt — then ; samvidhārya — placing ; japen — chanting ; mantram — mantram ; imam — this ; naraḥ — a person.

Translation

Then one takes the word Kālindī, places the word devī after it, places these words in the dative case, and then adds the word namaḥ. This is the mantra that one chants. Note: The mantra then becomes, "Om hrīm śrīm klīm kālindyai devyai namaḥ".
Text 5

Verse text

japtvaikādaca laksāni
mantra-siddhir bhaved bhuvi
janaiḥ prārthyāc ca ye kāmāḥ
sarve prāpyāḥ svatac ca te

Synonyms

japtva — chanting ; ekādaca laksāni — eleven syllables ; mantra-siddhiḥ — perfect mantra ; bhavet — is ; bhuvi — on the earth ; janaiḥ — by people ; prārthyāḥ — requested ; ca — and ; ye — which ; kāmāḥ — desires ; sarve — all ; prāpyāḥ — to be attained ; svataḥ — spontaneously ; ca — and ; te — they.

Translation

They who chant this eleven-syllable mantra attain perfection. They attain all their desires.
Text 6

Verse text

vidhāya soḍaca-dalam
padmam simhāsane cubhe
karnikāyām ca kālindīm
nyasec chrī-krsna-samyutām

Synonyms

vidhāya — placing ; soḍaca-dalam — sixteen petal ; padmam — lotus ; simhāsane — on a throne ; cubhe — beautiful ; karnikāyām — in the whorl of a lotus ; ca — and ; kālindīm — Yamunā ; nyasec — places ; chrī-krsna-samyutām — with Srī Krsna.

Translation

In a sacred circle one should draw a sixteen-petal lotus flower. In the whorl of the lotus one should write the words Srī Krsna and Kālindī.
Texts 7 and 8

Verse text

jāhnavīm virajām krsnām
candrabhāgām sarasvatīm
gomatīm kaucikīm venīm
sindhum godāvarīm tathā
veda-smrtim vetravatīm
catadrum sarayum tathā
pujayen mānava-crestha
rsi-kulyām kakudminīm
prthak prthak tad-dalesu
nāmoccarya vidhānataḥ

Synonyms

virajām — Virajā ; krsnām — Krsna ; candrabhāgām — Candrabhāgā ; sarasvatīm — Sarasvatī ; gomatīm — Gomatī ; kaucikīm — Kaucikī ; venīm — Venī ; sindhum — Sindhu ; godāvarīm — Godāvarī ; tathā — then ; veda-smrtim — Veda-smrti ; vetravatīm — Vetravatī ; catadrum — Satadrum ; sarayum — Sarayu ; tathā — then ; pujayen — should worship ; mānava-crestha — best of men ; kakudminīm — Kakudminī ; prthak prthak — specifically ; tad-dalesu — on the leaves ; nāma — names ; uccarya — writing ; vidhānataḥ — in order.

Translation

On the petals one should write the names Jāhnavī, Virajā, Krsna, Candrabhāgā, Sarasvatī, Gomatī, Kaucikī, Venī, Sindhu, Godāvarī, Vedasmrti, Vetravatī, Satadru, Sarayu, Rsi-kulyā, and Kakudminī. Then an exalted person should worship the lotus flower.
Text 9

Verse text

vrndāvanam govardhanam
vrndām ca tulasīm tathā
catur-dīksu vidhāyācu
pujayen nāmabhiḥ prthak

Synonyms

vrndāvanam — Vrndāvana ; govardhanam — Govardhana ; vrndām — Vrndā ; ca — and ; tulasīm — Tulasī ; tathā — then ; catur-dīksu — in the four directions vidhāya—placing ; ācu — at once ; pujayen — should worship ; nāmabhiḥ — with names ; prthak — specific.

Translation

Then one should write the names Vrndāvana, Govardhana, Vrndā, and Tulasī in the four directions. Then one should worship the lotus with these names.
Text 10

Synonyms

om — Om ; namaḥ — obeisances ; bhagavatyai — to the goddess ; kalinda-nandinyai — the daughter of Mount Kalinda ; surya-kanyakāyai — the daughter of the sun ; yama-bhaginyai — the sister of Yamaraja ; śrī-krsna-priyāyai — the beloved of Krsna ; yuthī-bhutāyai — who has become a gopī ; svāhā, — Svaha ; anena — by this ; mantrena — mantra ; avahanadi — taking ; coḍacopacārān — sixteen objects of worship ; samāhita — careful ; upāharet — should worship.

Translation

om namo bhagavatyai kalinda-nandinyai surya-kanyakāyai yama-bhaginyai śrī-krsna-priyāyai yuthī-bhutāyai svāhā, anena mantrenāvāhanādi-soḍacopacārān samāhita upāharet. Then one should chant the mantra, "om namo bhagavatyai kalinda-nandinyai surya-kanyakāyai yama-bhaginyai śrī-krsna-priyāyai yuthī-bhutāyai svāhā (Obeisances to goddess Yamunā, the daughter of Mount Kalinda, the daughter of the sun-god, the sister of Yamarāja, the gopī-beloved of Srī Krsna)." Then, offering sixteen articles one should carefully offer worship.
Texts 11 and 12

Verse text

ity evam patalam viddhi
tubhyam vaksyāmi paddhatim
yāvat sampurnatām yāti
puraccaranam eva hi
tāvad bhaved brahmacārī
japen mauna-vratī dvijaḥ
yava-bhojī bhumi-cāyī
patra-bhug jita-mānasaḥ

Synonyms

ity — thus ; evam — thus ; patalam — patala ; viddhi — know ; tubhyam — to you ; vaksyāmi — I will speak ; paddhatim — the paddahti ; yāvat — as ; sampurnatām — completion ; yāti — attains ; puraccaranam — preparatory ritual ; eva — indeed ; hi — indeed ; tāvat — so ; bhavet — is ; brahmacārī — brahmacari ; japen — should chant ; mauna-vratī — silent ; dvijaḥ — brāhmana ; yava-bhoji — eating barley ; bhumi-cāyī — taking rest on the ground ; patra-bhug — eating leaves ; jita-mānasaḥ — controlling the mind.

Translation

Please know that what I have just spoken is the patala. Now I will speak to you the paddhati. After the puraccarana is completed one should live as a brahmacārī brāhmana, keeping a vow of silence, eating leaves and barley, sleeping on the ground, controlling one's mind, and chanting mantras.
Text 13

Verse text

kāmam krodham tathā lobham
moham dvesam visrjya saḥ
bhaktyā paramayā rājan
vartamānas tu decakaḥ

Synonyms

kāmam — lust ; krodham — anger ; tathā — so ; lobham — greed ; moham — ilussion ; dvesam — hatred ; visrjya — abandoning ; saḥ — he ; bhaktyā — with devotion ; paramayā — great ; rājan — O king ; vartamānaḥ — staying ; tu — indeed ; decakaḥ — devotee.

Translation

O king, one should free oneself from lust, anger, bewilderment, and hatred, and with great devotion one should chant mantras.
Text 14

Verse text

brāhme muhurta utthāya
dhyātvā devīm kalindajām
nadyām snānam samācaret

Synonyms

brāhme muhurta — at brahma-muhurta ; utthāya — rising ; dhyātvā — meditating ; devīm — on the goddess ; kalindajām — Yamunā ; ārunodaya-velāyām — at sunrise ; nadyām — in the river ; snānam — bathing ; samācaret — should perform.

Translation

ārunodaya-velāyām During brāhma-muhurta one should meditate on goddess Yamunā and at sunrise one should bathe in the Yamunā.
Text 15

Verse text

madhyāhne cāpi sandhyāyām
samāpte niyame rājan
kālindī-tīram āsthitaḥ

Synonyms

madhyāhne — at midday ; cāpi — and ; sandhyāyām — at sunset ; sandhyā-vandana-tat-paraḥ — offering obeisances ; samāpte — completed ; niyame — restriction ; rājan — O king ; kālindī-tīram — on the Yamunā's shore ; āsthitaḥ — situated.

Translation

sandhyā-vandana-tat-paraḥ At midday and sunset one should again offer obeisances to the Yamunā. O king, when this vow of worshiping the Yamunā is completed, one should stand at the Yamunā's shore.
Text 16

Verse text

daca-laksam brāhmanānām
sa-putrānām mahātmanām
pujayitvā gandha-puspair
dattvā tebhyo su-bhojanam

Synonyms

daca-laksam — a million ; brāhmanānām — brāhmanas ; sa-putrānām — with their sons ; mahātmanām — great souls ; pujayitvā — worshiping ; gandha — fragrant ; puspaiḥ — with flowers ; dattvā — giving ; tebhyaḥ — to them ; su-bhojanam — delicious food.

Translation

Then one should worship one million exalted brāhmana along with their sons. One should offer them fragrant flowers and delicious foods.
Text 17

Verse text

pātrāni prasphuranti ca
daksināc ca cubhā dadyāt
tataḥ siddhir bhavet khalu

Synonyms

vastra — garments ; bhusana — ornaments ; sauvarna — golden ; pātrāni — dishes ; prasphuranti — manifest ; ca — and ; daksināc — daksina ; ca — and ; cubhā — auspicious ; dadyāt — should offer ; tataḥ — then ; siddhiḥ — perfect ; bhavet — is ; khalu — indeed.

Translation

vastra-bhusana-sauvarna- Then one should offer them garments, ornaments, and golden cups. In this way one should offer them daksinā. Then one's observance of this vow is properly completed.
Text 18

Verse text

iti te paddhatiḥ proktā
mayā rājan mahā-mate
kuru tvam niyamam sarvam
kim bhuyaḥ crotum icchasi

Synonyms

iti — thus ; te — to you ; paddhatiḥ — paddhati ; proktā — spoken ; mayā — by me ; rājan — O king ; mahā-mate — noble-hearted ; kuru — please do ; tvam — you ; niyamam — vow ; sarvam — all ; kim — what? ; bhuyaḥ — more ; crotum — to hear

Translation

O noble-hearted king, in this way I have described to you the Yamunā-paddhati. Please follow this vow in all respects. What more do you wish to hear? .pa Chapter Nineteen Srī Yamunā-sahasra-nāma-kathana A Thousand Names of Srī Yamunā
Text 1

Verse text

nāmnām sahasram krsnayāḥ
sarva-siddhi-karam param
vada mām muni-cārdula
tvam sarvajno nirāmayaḥ

Synonyms

śrī-mandhātā uvāca — Srī Mandhātā said ; nāmnām — of names ; sahasram — thousand ; krsnayāḥ — of the Yamunā ; sarva-siddhi-karam — granting all perfection ; param — great ; vada — please tell ; mām — to me ; muni-cārdula — O tiger among the sages ; tvam — you ; sarvaj 24aḥ — all-knowing ; nirāmayaḥ — free from illusion.

Translation

śrī-mandhātovāca Srī Mandhātā said: O tiger among the sages, you know everything. You are never bewildered. Please tell me the thousand names of Srī Yamunā, names that bring all perfection.
Text 2

Verse text

śrī-saubharir uvāca
nāmnām sahasram kālindyā
mandhātās te vadāmy aham
sarva-siddhi-karam divyam

Synonyms

śrī-saubharir uvāca — Srī Saubhari said ; nāmnām — of names ; sahasram — thousand ; kālindyā — of Sri Yamunā ; mandhātāḥ — O Mandhātā ; te — to you ; vadāmy — speak ; aham — I ; sarva-siddhi-karam — granting all perfection ; divyam — transcendental ; cri-krsna-vaca-kārakam — making Lord Krsna into one's submissive servant.

Translation

śrī-krsna-vaca-kārakam Sri Saubhari said: O King Mandhātā, now I will tell you the thousand transcendental names of Sri Yamunā, names that bring all perfection, names that make Lord Krsna into one's submissive servant.
Text 3 a

Verse text

om asya cri-kālindi-sahasra-nāma-stotra-mantrasya saubhari-

Synonyms

om — Om ; asya — of this ; cri-kālindi-sahasra-nāma-stotra-mantrasya — Sri Yamunā-sahastra-nāma mantra ; saubhari-rsiḥ — the sage is Saubhari ; cri-yamunā — Sri Yamunā ; devatāḥ — is the deity ; anusthup-chandaḥ — anustup is the meter ; māyā-bijam — the maya-bija ; iti — thus ; kilakam — kilaka ; ramā-bijam — rama-bija ; iti — thus ; sakhiḥ — sakti ; cri-kalinda-nandini-prasāda-siddhy-arthe — to attain the mercy of Sri Yamunā ; viniyogaḥ — engaged.

Translation

rsiḥ cri-yamunā devatāḥ anusthup-chandaḥ māyā-bijam iti kilakam ramā-bijam iti caktiḥ cri-kalinda-nandini-prasāda-siddhy-arthe jape viniyogaḥ. Om. Here follows the Sri Yamunā-sahasra-nāma-mantra. The seer is Sri Saubhari Muni. The deity is Sri Yamunā. The meter is anustup. The kilaka is māyā-bija. The cakti is ramā-bija. The purpose is to attain Sri Yamunā's mercy.
Text 3 b

Verse text

atha dhyānam
cyāmām ambhoja-netrām sa-ghana-ghana-rucim ratna-manjira-kujat-
kānci-keyura-yuktām kanaka-mani-maye bibhratim kunḍale dve
bhrājac-chri-nila-vastra-sphurad-amala-calad-dhāra-bhāram manojnām
dhyāyen mārtanḍa-putrim tanu-kirana-cayoddipta-dipābhirāmām

Synonyms

atha — now ; dhyānam — meditation ; cyāmām — dark ; ambhoja-netrām — lotus eyed ; sa-ghana-ghana-rucim — splendid as a hose of dark clouds ; ratna-manjira — with tinkling anklets ; kujat — tinkling ; kānci — belt ; keyura — armlets ; yuktām — with ; kanaka — gold ; mani — and jewels ; maye — made of ; bibhratim — wearing ; kunḍale — earrings ; dve — two ; bhrājat — wearing ; cri — beautiful ; nila — blue ; vastra — garemnts ; sphurat — splendid ; amala — pure ; calat — moving ; hāra — bhāram—necklaces ; manojnām — beautiful ; dhyāyet — should meditate ; mārtanḍa — of the sun-god ; putrim — the daughter ; tanu-kirana-caya — filled with light ; uddipta — blazing ; dipa — lamp ; abhirāmām — beautiful ; iti — thus ; dhyānam — the meditation.

Translation

iti dhyānam. The meditation: One should meditate on the sun-god's beautiful lotus-eyed daughter, Sri Yamunā, who is splendid as a host of dark clouds and glorious as a blazing lamp, and who wears jewel anklets, tinkling bracelets and belt, earrings of gold and jewels, splendidly beautiful blue garments, and splendid necklaces that move to and fro. Thus ends the meditation.
Text 4

Verse text

om. kālindi… yamunā krsnā
krsnarupā sanātani

Translation

krsna-vāmāmsa-sambhutā paramānanda-rupini Om. Sri Yamunā (Yamunā) is the daughter of Mount Kalinda (kālindi). She is dark (krsnā), has a dark form (krsnarupā), is eternal (sanātani), was born from Lord Krsna's left shoulder (krsna-vāmāmsa-sambhutā), has a form of transcendental bliss (paramānanda-rupini), . . .
Text 5

Verse text

goloka-vāsini cyāmā
rādhā-sakhi rāsa-lilā

Translation

vrndāvana-vinodini rāsa-manḍala-manḍani . . . resides in Goloka (goloka-vāsini), is dark (cyāmā), enjoys pastimes in Vrndāvana (vrndāvana-vinodini), is Rādhā's friend (rādhā-sakhi), dances in the rāsa-lilā (rāsa-lilā), is an ornament in the rāsa-dance circle (rāsa-manḍala-manḍani), . . .
Text 6

Verse text

nikunja-vāsini valli
ragga-valli manoharā
yuthi-bhutā hari-priyā

Translation

cri-rāsa-manḍali-bhutā . . . stays in the forest groves (nikunja-vāsini), is graceful as a flowering vine (valli and ragga-valli), is beautiful (manoharā), stays in the rāsa-dance circle (cri-rāsa-manḍali-bhutā), is a gopi (yuthi-bhutā), is Lord Krsna's beloved (hari-priyā), . . .
Text 7

Verse text

goloka-tatini divyā

Translation

nikunja-tala-vāsini dirghormi-vega-gambhirā puspa-pallava-vāhini . . . stays in Goloka (goloka-tatini), is glorious (divyā), stays in the forest (nikunja-tala-vāsini), is long (dirghā), filled with great waves and currents (urmi-vega-gambhirā), and decorated with flowers and leaves (puspa-pallava-vāhini), . . .
Text 8

Verse text

ghana-cyāmā megha-mālā
balākā padma-mālini
paripurnatamā purnā
purna-brahma-priyā parā

Translation

. . . is dark as a cloud (ghana-cyāmā), is dark as a garland of clouds (megha-mālā), is the home of many cranes (balākā), is garlanded with many lotus flowers (padma-mālini), is the most perfect (paripurnatamā), is perfect (purnā), is the perfect Supreme Personality of Godhead's beloved (purna-brahma-priyā), is transcendental (parā), . . .
Text 9

Verse text

mahā-vegavati sāksān-
mahā-nadi manda-gatir

Translation

nikunja-dvāra-nirgatā virajā-vega-bhedini . . . is very powerful (mahā-vegavati), stands at the entrance to Vrndāvana forest (sāksān-nikunja-dvāra-nirgatā), is a great river (mahā-nadi), is gentle (manda-gatir), eclipses the Virajā river (virajā-vega-bhedini), . . .
Text 10

Verse text

gaggā-micrā nirmalābhā
nirmalā saritām varā

Translation

aneka-brahmānḍa-gatā brahma-drava-samākulā . . . is present in many universes (aneka-brahmānḍa-gatā), is filled with spiritual water (brahma-drava-samākulā), joins with the Gaggā (gaggā-micrā), is pure (nirmalābhā and nirmalā), is the best of rivers (saritām varā), . . .
Text 11

Verse text

nadi nirmala-pāniyā

Translation

ratna-baddhobhaya-tati hamsa-padmādi-sagkulā sarva-brahmānḍa-pāvani . . . has jewel shores (ratna-baddhobhaya-tati), is filled with swans, lotuses, and many other beautiful birds and flowers (hamsa-padmādi-sagkulā), is a flowing river (nadi), has pure and sacred water (nirmala-pāniyā), purifies all the universes (sarva-brahmānḍa-pāvani), . . .
Text 12

Verse text

parikhā pāpa-hārini
brahmaloka-gatā brāhmi
svargā svarga-nivāsini

Translation

vaikuntha-parikhi-bhutā . . . is a moat surrounding the spiritual world (vaikuntha-parikhi-bhutā and parikhā), removes sins (pāpa-hārini), stays in the spiritual world (brahmaloka-gatā, brāhmi, svargā, and svarga-nivāsini), . . .
Text 13

Verse text

ullasanti protpatanti
meru-mālā mahojjvalā

Translation

cri-gaggāmbhaḥ-sikharini ganḍa-caila-vibhedini . . . is splendid and playful (ullasanti), is filled with great waves (protpatanti), is glorious as a garland of Mount Merus (meru-mālā), is very glorious (mahojjvalā), is more sacred than the Gaggā (cri-gaggāmbhaḥ-sikharini), flows with such force that she breaks great boulders (ganḍa-caila-vibhedini), . . .
Text 14

Verse text

decān punanti gacchanti
vahanti bhumi-madhya-gā
mārtanḍa-tanujā punyā

Translation

kalinda-giri-nandini . . . purifies the lands where she flows (decān punanti), flows swiftly (gacchanti and vahanti), flows on the earth (bhumi-madhya-gā), is the sun-god's daughter (mārtanḍa-tanujā), is sacred (punyā), is Mount Kalinda's daughter (kalinda-giri-nandini), . . .
Text 15

Verse text

yama-svāsā manda-hāsā
su-dvijā racitāmbarā
nilāmbarā padma-mukhi
caranti cāru-darcanā

Translation

. . . is Yamarāja's sister (yama-svāsā), smiles gently (manda-hāsā), has beautiful teeth (su-dvijā), wears beautiful garments (racitāmbarā), wears blue garments (nilāmbarā), has a lotus face (padma-mukhi), walks gracefully (caranti), is beautiful to see (cāru-darcanā), . . .
Text 16

Verse text

rambhoruḥ padma-nayanā
mādhavi pramadottamā
tapac-caranti su-croni

Translation

kujan-nupura-mekhalā . . . has thighs graceful as banana trees (rambhoru), has lotus eyes (padma-nayanā), is Lord Krsna's beloved (mādhavi), is the best of beautiful women (pramadottamā), is austere (tapac-caranti), has beautiful hips (su-croni), wears tinkling anklets and belt (kujan-nupura-mekhalā), . . .
Text 17

Verse text

jala-sthitā cyāmalāggi
khānḍavābhā vihārini
gānḍi-vibhāsini vanyā
cri-krsnam varam icchati

Translation

. . . stays in the water (jala-sthitā), has dark limbs (cyāmalāggi), is sweet as khānḍava-candy (khānḍavābhā), is playful (vihārini), spoke to Arjuna (gānḍivi-bhāsini), is filled with sacred water (vanyā), desires Lord Krsna as her husband (cri-krsnam varam icchati), . . .
Text 18

Verse text

dvārakāgamanā rājni
pattarājni paraggatā
mahā-rājni ratna-bhusā
gomati tira-cārini

Translation

. . . stays in Dvārakā (dvārakāgamanā), is Lord Krsna's queen (rājni, pattarājni, and mahā-rājni), attained the Supreme Personality of Godhead as her husband (paraggatā), wears jewel ornaments (ratna-bhusā), is glorious (gomati), is a great river (tira-cārini), . . .
Text 19

Verse text

svakiyā ca sukhā svārthā
navalāggābalā mugdhā
varāggā vāma-locanā

Translation

sva-bhakta-kārya-sādhini . . . is Lord Krsna's wife (svakiyā), is happy (sukhā), has attained her desires (svārthā), fulfills the desires of they who worship her (sva-bhakta-kārya-sādhini), has a youthful form (navalāggā), is a beautiful girl (abalā, mugdhā, and varāggā), has beautiful eyes (vāma-locanā), . . .
Text 20

Verse text

ajāta-yauvanā dinā
prabhā-kāntir dyutic cchaviḥ
su-cobhā paramā kirtiḥ

Translation

kucalājnāta-yauvanā . . . is eternally young (ajāta-yauvanā), is humble (dinā), is glorious (prabhā-kānti, dyuti, cchavi, and su-cobhā), is transcendental (paramā), is famous (kirti), is beautiful and auspicious (kucalā), is a girl whose eternal youth cannot be understood by conditioned souls (ajnāta-yauvanā), . . .
Text 21

Verse text

navoḍhā madhyagā madhyā
prauḍhiḥ prauḍhā pragalbhakā
dhirādhirā dhairya-dharā
jyesthā cresthā kulāgganā

Translation

. . . is a new bride (navoḍhā), is sometimes proud and sometimes gentle (madhyagā and madhyā), is sometimes proud (prauḍhiḥ, prauḍhā, and pragalbhakā), is sometimes peaceful and thoughtful (dhirā and dhairya-dharā), is sometimes wildly passionate (adhirā), is the most exalted (jyesthā and cresthā), is saintly (kulāgganā), . . .
Text 22

Verse text

ksana-prabhā cancalārcā
vidyut saudāmini taḍit
svādhina-patikā laksmiḥ
pustā svādhina-bhartrkā

Translation

. . . is splendid as a lightning flash (ksana-prabhā, ca 24calārcā, vidyut, saudāmini, and taḍit), dominates her husband (svādhina-patikā and svādhina-bhartrkā), is beautiful (laksmiḥ), is glorious (pustā), . . .
Text 23

Verse text

kalahāntaritā bhirur
kasipu-sthā divya-cayyā

Translation

icchā-protkanthitākulā govinda-hrta-mānasā . . . sometimes quarrels with Krsna and refuses to see Him (kalahāntaritā), is shy (bhiru), yearns to see Krsna (icchā, protkanthitā, and ākulā), reclines on a splendid pillow (kasipu-sthā and divya-cayyā), is a girl whose heart has been captured by Lord Govinda (govinda-hrta-mānasā), . . .
Text 24

Verse text

virahārtā virahini
nāri prosita-bhartrkā

Translation

khanḍitākhanḍa-cobhāḍhyā vipralabdhābhisārikā . . . is sometimes separated from Krsna (khanḍitā, vipralabdhā, virahārtā, virahini, and prosita-bhartrkā), is very beautiful (akhanḍa-cobhāḍhyā), meets Krsna again (abhisārikā), is Krsna's beloved (nāri), . . .
Text 25

Verse text

mānini mānadā prajnā
jhagkārini jhanat-kāri

Translation

mandāra-vana-vāsini ranan-manjira-nupurā . . . is glorious (mānini), gives all honor to others (mānadā), is intelligent (prajnā), lives in a mandāra forest (mandāra-vana-vāsini), wears tinkling ornaments (jhagkārini and jhanat-kāri), wears tinkling anklets (ranan-manjira-nupurā), . . .
Text 26

Verse text

mekhalāmekhalā kānci
kancāni kancanamayi
kancuki kancuka-maniḥ
crikanthāḍhyā mahā-maniḥ

Translation

. . . wears a sash (mekhalā and kānci), sometimes does not wear a sash (amekhalā), has a golden complexion (ka 24cāni and kancanamayi), wears a beautiful bodice (kancuki), wears a jewel bodice (kancuka-mani), has a beautiful neck (crikanthāḍhyā), is splendid as a great jewel (mahā-mani), . . .
Text 27

Verse text

cri-hārini padma-hārā
muktā muktā-phalārcitā

Translation

ratna-kagkana-keyurā sphurad-agguli-bhusanā . . . wears a beautiful necklace (cri-hārini), wears a lotus garland (padma-hārā), is splendid as a pearl (muktā), wears a pearl necklace (muktā-phalārcitā), wears jewel bracelets and armlets (ratna-kagkana-keyurā), wears beautiful rings on her fingers (sphurad-agguli-bhusanā), . . .
Text 28

Verse text

darpanā darpāni-bhutā
kambu-grivā kambu-dharā

Translation

dusta-darpa-vinācini graiveyaka-virājitā . . . is proud (darpanā and darpāni-bhutā), destroys the demons' pride (dusta-darpa-vinācini), has a neck graceful as a conchshell (kambu-grivā), wears conchshell ornaments (kambu-dharā), wears a splendid locket (graiveyaka-virājitā), . . .
Text 29

Verse text

tātagkini danta-dharā
cikhā-bhusā bhālapuspā

Translation

hema-kunḍala-manḍitā nāsa-mauktika-cobhitā . . . wears beautiful earrings (tātagkini), has beautiful teeth (danta-dharā), wears golden earrings (hema-kunḍala-manḍitā), wears an ornament in her hair (cikhā-bhusā), is decorated with a bhālapuspā (bhālapuspā), is beautiful with a nose-pearl (nāsa-mauktika-cobhitā), . . .
Text 30

Verse text

mani-bhumi-gatā devi
vrndāvana-gatā vrndā

Translation

raivatādri-vihārini vrndāranya-nivāsini . . . resides in a realm made of jewels (mani-bhumi-gatā), is a goddess (devi), enjoys pastimes on Mount Raivata (raivatādri-vihārini), stays in Vrndāvana forest (vrndāvana-gatā and vrndāranya-nivāsini), is the leader of many gopis (vrndā), . .
Text 31

Verse text

vrndāvana-latā mādhvi
saundarya-lahari laksmir

Translation

vrndāranya-vibhusanā mathurā-tirtha-vāsini . . . stays among the flowering vines in Vrndāvana forest (vrndāvana-latā), is sweet and charming (mādhvi), is decorated with the forest ornaments of Vrndāvana (vrndāranya-vibhusanā), is splashed by waves of beauty (saundarya-lahari), is glorious (laksmi), stays in the holy place of Mathurā (mathurā-tirtha-vāsini), . . .
Text 32

Verse text

vicrānta-vāsini kāmyā
ramyā gokula-vāsini

Translation

ramana-sthala-cobhāḍhyā mahāvana-mahā-nadi . . . stays at Vicrānta-tirtha (vicrānta-vāsini), is beautiful (kāmyā and ramyā), stays in Gokula (gokula-vāsini), is very beautiful as she stays in Ramana-sthala (ramana-sthala-cobhāḍhyā), is a great river flowing through Mahāvana (mahāvana-mahā-nadi), . . .
Text 33

Verse text

pranatā pronnatā pustā
bhārati bharatārcitā
tirtha-rāja-gatir gotrā

Translation

gaggā-sāgara-saggamā . . . is meek and humble (pranatā), is exalted (pronnatā and pustā), is eloquent (bhārati and bharatārcitā), stays at the king of holy places (tirtha-rāja-gatir), was born in the most exalted family (gotrā), flows to the place where the Gaggā meets the ocean (gaggā-sāgara-saggamā), . . .
Text 34

Verse text

saptābdhi-bhedini lolā
sapta-dvipa-gatā balāt
luthanti cailān bhidyanti
sphuranti vegavattarā

Translation

. . . flows into the seven seas (saptābdhi-bhedini), is restless and fickle (lolā), forcibly touches the seven continents (sapta-dvipa-gatā balāt), rolls about in the ground in ecstasy (luthanti), breaks the greatest mountains (cailān bhidyanti), is glorious (sphuranti), is the most powerful and swift (vegavattarā), . . .
Text 35

Verse text

kāncani kāncani-bhumiḥ
loka-drstir loka-lilā

Translation

kāncani-bhumi-bhāvitā lokālokācalārcitā . . . has a golden complexion (kāncani), resides in a realm of gold (kāncani-bhumiḥ and kāncani-bhumi-bhāvitā), is now visible in this world (loka-drstir), enjoys pastimes in this world (loka-lilā), is worshiped on Mount Lokāloka (lokālokācalārcitā), . . .
Text 36

Verse text

cailodgatā svarga-gatā
svargārcā svarga-pujitā
vrndāvani vanādhyaksā
raksā kaksā tati-pati

Translation

. . . resides on a mountaintop (cailodgatā), resides in the spiritual world (svarga-gatā), is worshiped in the spiritual world (svargārcā and svarga-pujitā), resides in Vrndāvana (vrndāvani), is the goddess of Vrndāvana (vanādhyaksā), is the great protector (raksā), wears a beautiful sash (kaksā), wears beautiful garments (tati-pati), . . .
Text 37

Verse text

asi-kunḍa-gatā kacchā
kuhara-sthā ratha-prasthā
prasthā cāntatarāturā

Translation

svcacchandocchalitādi-jā . . . stays at Asi-kunḍa (asi-kunḍa-gatā), wears a beautiful sash (kacchā), is independent (svcacchandā), is exalted (ucchalitā), was present at the beginning of creation (ādi-jā), flows even in the lower realms (kuhara-sthā), travels on an chariot (ratha-prasthā), travels widely (prasthā), is most peaceful (cāntatarā), yearns to attain Krsna (āturā), . . .
Text 38

Verse text

ambu-cchatā cikarābhā
dardurā dārduri-dharā
pāpāgkucā pāpa-simhi

Translation

pāpa-druma-kuthārini . . . is filled with water (ambu-cchatā and cikarābhā), nourishes a host of towns and villages (dardurā and dārduri-dharā), is a hook to chase sins away (pāpāgkucā), is a lion to chase sins away (pāpa-simhi), is an ax to cut down the tree of sins (pāpa-druma-kuthārini), . . .
Text 39

Verse text

punya-sagghā punya-kirtiḥ
punya-dā punya-vardhini
madhor-vana-nadi mukhyā-
tulā tālavana-sthitā

Translation

. . . is pure and sacred (punya-sagghā and punya-kirtiḥ), brings sanctity and purification (punya-dā and punya-vardhini), flows through Madhuvana (madhor-vana-nadi), is great (mukhyā), is peerless (atulā), flows through Tālavana (tālavana-sthitā), . . .
Text 40

Verse text

kumudvana-nadi kubjā
plava-rupā vegavati

Translation

kumudāmbhoja-vardhini simha-sarpādi-vāhini . . . flows through Kumudvana (kumudvana-nadi), flows in a winding course (kubjā), nourishes many lotuses and water lilies (kumudāmbhoja-vardhini), is filled with water (plava-rupā), flows swiftly (vegavati), nourishes lions, snakes, and many other wild animals (simha-sarpādi-vāhini), . . .
Text 41

Verse text

bahulā bahudā bahvi
bahulā vana-vanditā

Translation

rādhā-kunḍa-kalārāḍhyā krsna-kunḍa-jalācritā . . . appears in many forms (bahuli and bahulā), is generous (bahudā), is great (bahvi), is worshiped by all forests (vana-vanditā), worships Rādhā-kunḍa (rādhā-kunḍa-kalārādhyā), takes shelter of Syāma-kunḍa (krsna-kunḍa-jalācritā), . . .
Text 42

Verse text

lalitā-kunḍa-gā ghantā

Translation

vicākhā-kunḍa-manḍitā govinda-kunḍa-nilayā gopa-kunḍa-taraggini . . . stays at Lalitā-kunḍa (lalitā-kunḍa-gā), flows with a sound like the tinkling of bells (ghantā), is decorated with Vicākhā-kunḍa (vicākhā-kunḍa-manḍitā), is the home of Govinda-kunḍa (govinda-kunḍa-nilayā), is the home of Gopa-kunḍa (gopa-kunḍa-taraggini), . . .
Text 43

Verse text

cri-gaggā mānasi gaggā
govardhini go-dhanāḍhyā
mayuri vara-varnini

Translation

kusumāmbara-bhāvini . . . is also known as Sri Gaggā (cri-gaggā), is known as mānasa-gaggā (mānasi gaggā), is decorated with flower-garments (kusumāmbara-bhāvini), flows by Govardhana Hill (govardhini), nourishes the cows (go-dhanāḍhyā), nourishes many peacocks (mayuri), is glorious (vara-varnini), . . .
Text 44

Verse text

sārasi nila-kanthābhā
girirāja-prasur bhurir

Translation

kujat-kokila-potaki ātapatrātapatrini . . . has many lakes (sārasi), has a complexion like Lord Siva's (nila-kanthābhā), is filled with warbling baby cuckoos (kujat-kokila-potaki), is the daughter of the king of mountains (girirāja-prasu), is great (bhuri), is a great parasol (ātapatrā), holds a parasol (ātapatrini), . . .
Text 45

Verse text

govardhanāgkā go-danti
divyausadhi-nidhiḥ srtiḥ
pāradi pāradamayi
nāradi cāradi bhrtiḥ

Translation

. . . carries the mark of Govardhana Hill (govardhanāgkā), nourishes the cows (go-danti), has a great treasury of spendid transcendental plants (divyausadhi-nidhi), flows gracefully (srti), brings one to the farther shore of the ocean of repeated birth and death (pāradi and pāradamayi), delivers the living entities (nāradi), is splendid in the autumn (cāradi), is decorated with splendid ornaments (bhrti), . . .
Text 46

Verse text

kāmā kāmavanāncitā
kāmātavi nandini ca

Translation

cri-krsna-caranāgka-sthā nanda-grāma-mahi-dharā . . . bears the footprints of Lord Krsna (cri-krsna-caranāgka-sthā), is beautiful (kāmā), flows by Kāmavana (kāmavanā 24citā and kāmātavi), is blissful (nandini), flows by Nandicvara Hill (nanda-grāma-mahi-dharā), . . .
Text 47

Verse text

brhat-sānu-dyutiḥ protā
kākali kokilamayi

Translation

nandicvara-samanvitā bhānḍira-kuca-kaucalā . . . is a great mountain-peak of glory (brhat-sānu-dyutiḥ-protā), flows by Nandicvara Hill (nandicvara-samanvitā), is filled with the warbling of birds (kākali), is filled with cuckoos (kokilamayi), brings happiness to the grass of Bhānḍiravana (bhānḍira-kuca-kaucalā), . . .
Text 48

Verse text

lohārgala-pradā kārā
barhisadi conapuri

Translation

kācmira-vāsanāvrtā curaksetra-purādhikā . . . is filled with dark waves (lohārgala-pradā), is active (kārā), is filled with the fragrance of kunkuma (kācmira-vāsanāvrtā), flows by Barhisadi-pura (barhisadi), flows by Sonapura (conapuri), flows by Suraksetra (curaksetra-purā), is exalted (adhikā), . . .
Text 49

Translation

nānābharana-cobhāḍhyā nānā-varna-samanvitā nānā-nāri-kadambāḍhyā nānā-ragga-mahiruhā . . . is splendid with many ornaments (nānābharana-cobhāḍhyā), assumes many different features (nānā-varna-samanvitā), is glorified by the women of Vraja (nānā-nāri-kadambāḍhyā), has shores decorated with many trees (nānā-ragga-mahiruhā), . . .
Text 50

Verse text

stri-ratnam ranta-nilayā

Translation

nānā-loka-gatābhyarcir nānā-jala-samanvitā lalanā-ratna-rājini . . . gives shelter to the people (nānā-loka-gatā), is glorious (abhyarci), is filled with water (nānā-jala-samanvitā), is the jewel of women (stri-ratna), is the home of many jewels (ranta-nilayā), is splendid with many jewellike women (lalanā-ratna-rājini), . . .
Text 51

Verse text

raggini ragga-bhumāḍhyā
raggā ragga-mahiruhā
raja-vidyā rāja-guhyā
jagat-kirtir ghanāghanā

Translation

. . . provides a place for Lord Krsna's rāsa-dance (raggini, ragga-bhumāḍhyā, raggā, and ragga-mahiruhā), knows the king of knowledge (raja-vidyā), knows the great secret of all knowledge (rāja-guhyā), is glorified throughout the universes (jagat-kirti), is dark as a monsoon cloud (ghanā), is filled with water (aghanā), . . .
Text 52

Verse text

vilola-ghantā krsnāggā

Translation

krsna-deha-samudbhavā nila-pagkaja-varnābhā nila-pagkaja-hārini . . . is decorated with tinkling bells (vilola-ghantā), stays by Lord Krsna's side (krsnāggā), was born from Lord Krsna's body (krsna-deha-samudbhavā), ia dark as a blue lotus (nila-pagkaja-varnābhā), is decorated with blue lotuses (nila-pagkaja-hārini), . . .
Text 53

Verse text

nilābhā nila-padmāḍhyā
nāgavalli nāgapuri

Translation

nilāmbhoruha-vāsini nāgavalli-dalārcitā . . . has a dark complexion (nilābhā), is splendid with blue lotuses (nila-padmāḍhyā), is the home of many blue lotuses (nilāmbhoruha-vāsini), nourishes many betelnut plants (nāgavalli), became the home of the Kāliya serpent (nāgapuri), is worshiped with betelnut leaves (nāgavalli-dalārcitā), . . .
Text 54

Verse text

tāmbula-carcitā carcā
sa-kesarā kesarini

Translation

makaranda-manoharā keca-pācābhicobhitā . . . chews betelnuts (tāmbula-carcitā), is anointed with fragrances (carcā), is sweet as honey (makaranda-manoharā), has beautiful hair (sa-kesarā, kesarini, and keca-pācābhicobhitā), . . .
Text 55

Verse text

kajjalābhā kajjalāktā
kajjali kalitānjanā
alakta-caranā tāmrā
lālā tāmri-krtāmbarā

Translation

. . . wears black mascara (kajjalābhā, kajjalāktā, kajjali, and kalitānjanā), decorates her feet with red lac (alakta-caranā), has a dark complexion (tāmrā), is affectionate (lālā), wears dark garments (tāmri-krtāmbarā), . . .
Text 56

Verse text

sucriḥ crikhanḍa-manḍitā
jatā-māmsi srag-ambarā

Translation

sinduritālipta-vāni pātira-pagka-vasanā . . . marks her hair with red sindura (sinduritālipta-vāni), is beautiful (sucri), is anointed with sandal paste (crikhanḍa-manḍitā and pātira-pagka-vasanā), has beautiful hair (jatā-māmsi), wears splendid garlands and garments (srag-ambarā), . . .
Text 57

Verse text

āgary aguru-gandhāktā
kuntalāliḥ su-kuntalā

Translation

tagarācrita-mārutā sugandhi-taila-rucirā . . . is glorious as the moon (āgari), is fragrant with aguru (aguru-gandhāktā), is the home of breezes bearing the scent of tagara (tagarācrita-mārutā), is fragrant with scented oil (sugandhi-taila-rucirā), has beautiful hair (kuntalāli and su-kuntalā), . . .
Text 58

Verse text

cakuntalāpāmsulā ca
surya-prabhā surya-kanyā

Translation

pātivratya-parāyanā surya-deha-samudbhavā . . . is the home of many birds (cakuntalā), is devoted and faithful to Lord Krsna (apāmsulā and pātivratya-parāyanā), is glorious like the son (surya-prabhā), is the sun-god's daughter (surya-kanyā), was born from the sun-god (surya-deha-samudbhavā), . . .
Text 59

Verse text

suryajā surya-nandini
samjnā samjnā-sutā svecchā
samjnā moda-pradāyini

Translation

koti-surya-pratikācā . . . is glorious as millions of suns (koti-surya-pratikācā), is the sun-god's daughter (suryajā and surya-nandini), is transcendental knowledge personified (samjnā), is Samjnā's daughter (samjnā-sutā), is independent (svecchā), is above the realm of mere knowledge (asamj 24ā), brings happiness to others (moda-pradāyini), . . .
Text 60

Verse text

samjnā-putri sphurac-cchayā
tapati tāpa-kārini
sāvarnyānubhavā devi
vaḍavā saukhya-dāyini

Translation

. . . is Samjna's daughter (samjnā-putri), is glorious (sphurac-cchayā), is austere (tapati and tāpa-kārini), is like Sri Krsna (sāvarnyānubhavā), is a goddess (devi), is a brāhmani (vaḍavā), gives happiness (saukhya-dāyini), . . .
Text 61

Verse text

canaiccarānujā kilā
candra-vamca-vadhuc candrā

Translation

candra-vamca-vivardhini candrāvali-sahāyini . . . is the younger sister of Sanaiccara (canaiccarānujā), is glorious (kilā), increases the glory of the moon-god's dynasty (candra-vamca-vivardhini), married into the moon-god's dynasty (candra-vamca-vadhu), is glorious like the moon (candrā), is Candrāvali's friend (candrāvali-sahāyini), . . .
Text 62

Verse text

candrāvati candra-lekhā
bhairavi piggalācagki
lilāvaty āgarimayi

Translation

candrakāntānugāmcukā . . . is glorious like the moon (candrāvati, candra-lekhā, and candrakāntā), is a faithful follower of Lord Krsna (anugā), is dressed in splendid garments (amcukā), can become ferocious (bhairavi), has a dark complexion (piggalā), is fearless (acagki), is playful (lilāvati), is fragrant with agara (āgarimayi), . . .
Text 63

Verse text

dhana-crir deva-gāndhāri
svar-manir guna-vardhini
vraja-mallā bandha-kāri
vicitrā jaya-kārini

Translation

. . . is wealthy and glorious (dhana-cri), is splendid and fragrant (deva-gāndhāri), is a celestial jewel (svar-mani), is virtuous (guna-vardhini), enjoys wrestling pastimes in Vraja (vraja-mallā), binds Lord Krsna with ropes of love (bandha-kāri), is wonderful (vicitrā), is victorious (jaya-kārini), . . .
Text 64

Verse text

gāndhāri manjari toḍi
gurjary āsāvari jayā
karnāti rāgini gauri
vairāti gaura-vātikā

Translation

. . . sings in the rāga gandhāra (gāndhāri), sings in the rāga mannjari (manjari), sings in the rāga toḍi (toḍi), sings in the rāga gurjari (gurjari), sings in the rāga āsāvari (āsāvari), sings in the rāga jayā (jayā), sings in the rāga karnāti (karnāti), sings in the rāga rāgini (rāgini), sings in the rāga gauri (gauri), sings in the rāga vairāti (vairāti), sings in the rāga gaura-vātikā (gaura-vātikā), . . .
Text 65

Verse text

catuc-candrā kalā heri
tailāggi vijayāvati
tāli tala-svarā gānā

Translation

kriyā-mātra-prakāsini . . . sings in the rāga catuc-candrā (catuc-candrā), sings in the rāga kalā (kalā) sings in the rāga heri (heri), sings in the rāga tailāggi (tailāggi), sings in the rāga vijayāvati (vijayāvati), sings with graceful rhythms (tāli and tala-svarā), sings beautifully (gānā), sings expertly (kriyā-mātra-prakāsini), . . .
Text 66

Verse text

vaicākhi cancalā cārur
mācāri ghughati ghatā
vaihāgari sorathicā
kaidāri jala-dhārikā

Translation

. . . sings in the rāgas vaicākhi (vaicākhi), cancalā (cancalā), cāru (cāru), mācāri (mācāri), ghughati (ghughati), ghatā (ghatā), vaihāgari (vaihāgari), sorathi (sorathi), icā (icā), kaidāri (kaidāri), jala-dhārikā (jala-dhārikā), . . .
Text 67

Verse text

kāmākara-criḥ kalyāni
rāja-sanjivini helā
mandāri kāma-rupini

Translation

gauḍa-kalyāna-micritā . . . sings in the rāgas kāmākara-cri (kāmākara-cri), kalyāni (kalyāni), gauḍa-kalyāna-micritā (gauḍa-kalyāna-micritā), rāja-sanjivini (rāja-sanjivini), helā (helā), mandāri (mandāri), and kāma-rupini (kāma-rupini), . . .
Text 68

Verse text

sāraggi māruti hoḍhā
sāgari kāma-vādini
vaibhāsi maggalā cāndri

Translation

rāsa-manḍala-manḍanā . . . sings in the rāgas sāraggi (sāraggi), māruti (māruti), hoḍhā (hoḍhā), sāgari (sāgari), kāma-vādini (kāma-vādini), vaibhāsi (vaibhāsi), and maggalā (maggalā), is glorious like the moon (cāndri), is an ornament for the rāsa-dance circle (rāsa-manḍala-manḍanā), . . .
Text 69

Verse text

kāma-dhenuḥ kāma-latā
kāmadā kamaniyakā
kalpa-vrksa-sthali sthulā

Translation

sudhā-saudha-nivāsini . . . is like a Kāmadhenu cow (kāma-dhenu), is like a desire-vine (kāma-latā), fulfills all desires (kāmadā), is beautiful (kamaniyakā), is the home of many desire trees (kalpa-vrksa-sthali), is great (sthulā), is the home of many nectar palaces (sudhā-saudha-nivāsini), . . .
Text 70

Verse text

goloka-vāsini cubhrur
yasti-bhrd dvāra-pālikā
crggāra-prakarā crggā
svacchā cayyopakārikā

Translation

. . . resides in Goloka (goloka-vāsini), has beautiful eyebrows (cubhru), carries a staff (yasti-bhrd), protects the gateway (dvāra-pālikā), decorates Lord Krsna (crggāra-prakarā), is exalted (crggā), is pure (svacchā), decorates the Lord's bed (cayyopakārikā), . . .
Text 71

Verse text

pārsadā su-sakhi-sevyā
nikunja-bhrt kunja-punjā

Translation

cri-vrndāvana-pālikā gunjābharana-bhusitā . . . is the Lord's companion (pārsadā), is served by many gopi friends (su-sakhi-sevyā), protects Sri Vrndāvana (cri-vrndāvana-pālikā), protects the forest of Vrndāvana (nikunja-bhrt), flows through many forests (kunja-punjā), is decorated with gunjā (gunjābharana-bhusitā), . . .
Text 72

Verse text

nikunja-vāsini prosyā
vicākhā lalitā rāmā
nirujā madhu-mādhavi

Translation

govardhana-tati-bhavā . . . resides in the forest (nikunja-vāsini), is sometimes separated from Lord Krsna because He has gone to a foreign country (prosyā), flows near Govardhana Hill (govardhana-tati-bhavā), is dear to Vicākhā (vicākhā), is dear to Lalitā (lalitā), is a goddess (rāmā), never becomes ill (nirujā), enjoys pastimes with Lord Krsna in the springtime (madhu-mādhavi), . . .
Text 73

Verse text

ekā naika-sakhi… cuklā
sakhi-madhyā mahā-manāḥ
cruti-rupā rsi-rupā
maithilāḥ kaucalāḥ striyaḥ

Translation

. . . is without equal (ekā), has many friends (naika-sakhi), is splendid (cuklā), is surrounded by many friends (sakhi-madhyā), has a noble heart (mahā-manāḥ), is like the personified Vedas (cruti-rupā), is like a sage (rsi-rupā), is like the girls of Mithilā (maithilāḥ), is like the girls of Kaucala (kaucalāḥ striyaḥ), . . .
Text 74

Verse text

yajna-sitāḥ pulindakāḥ

Translation

ayodhyā-pura-vāsinyo ramā-vaikuntha-vāsinyaḥ cvetadvipa-sakhi-janāḥ . . . is like the girls of Ayodhyā (ayodhyā-pura-vāsinyaḥ), is like the Yajna-sitās (yajna-sitāḥ), is like the Pulindās (pulindakāḥ), is like the girls of Ramā-vaikuntha (ramā-vaikuntha-vāsinyaḥ), is like the girls of Svetadvipa (cvetadvipa-sakhi-janāḥ), . . .
Text 75

Verse text

cri-sakhyaḥ sāgarodbhavāḥ

Translation

urdhva-vaikuntha-vāsinyo divyājita-padācritāḥ cri-lokācala-vāsinyaḥ . . . is like the girls of Urdhva-vaikuntha (urdhva-vaikuntha-vāsinyaḥ), is like the girls of Divyājita (divyājita-padācritāḥ), is like the girls of Lokāloka (cri-lokācala-vāsinyaḥ), is like the friends of the goddess of fortune (cri-sakhyaḥ), is like the girls born from the ocean of milk (sāgarodbhavāḥ), . . .
Text 76

Verse text

divyā adivyā divyāggā
vyāptās tri-guna-vrttayaḥ
bhumi-gopyo deva-naryo
latā ausadhi-virudhaḥ

Translation

. . . is like the divya-gopis (divyā), is like the adivya-gopis (adivyā), is like the girls of Svargaloka (divyāggā), is like the girls that stay in many places at once (vyāptā), is like the tri-guna-vrtti-gopis (tri-guna-vrttayaḥ), is like the bhumi-gopis (bhumi-gopyaḥ), is like the demigoddesses (deva-naryaḥ), is like the flowering vines that became gopis (latāḥ), is like the plants that became gopis (ausadhi-virudhaḥ), . . .
Text 77

Verse text

jālandharyaḥ sindhu-sutāḥ
divyāmbarā apsarasaḥ
sautalā nāga-kanyakāḥ

Translation

prthu-barhismati-bhavāḥ . . . is like the Jālandharis (jālandharyaḥ), is like the daughters of the ocean (sindhu-sutāḥ), is like the prthu-barhismati girls that became gopis (prthu-barhismati-bhavāḥ), is like the divyāmbarā gopis (divyāmbarā), is like the apsarās that became gopis (apsarasaḥ), is like the girls of Sutalaloka that became gopis sautalāḥ), is like the snake-girls that became gopis (nāga-kanyakāḥ), . . .
Text 78

Verse text

param dhāmā param brahmā
paurusā prakrtiḥ parā
tata-sthā guna-bhur gitā
gunāgunamayi gunā

Translation

. . . is the beloved of He who is the Supreme Abode (param dhāmā), is the beloved of He who is the Supreme Brahman (param brahma), is the beloved of the Supreme Person (paurusā), is the transcendental potency of the Supreme Personality of Godhead (prakrtiḥ parā and tata-sthā), is virtuous (guna-bhu), is glorified in song (gitā), has virtues that are beyond the touch of the three modes of material nature (gunāgunamayi), is virtuous (gunā), . . .
Text 79

Verse text

cid-ghanā sad-asan-mālā
drstir drcyā gunākari
mahat-tattvam ahagkāro
mano buddhiḥ pracetanā

Translation

. . . is spiritual (cid-ghanā), is the beloved of He who stands at the beginning of the string of causes and effects (sad-asan-mālā), has transcendental vision (drsti), is beautiful (drcyā), is virtuous (gunākari), is the beloved of He who is the origin of the mahat-tattva (mahat-tattvam), is the beloved of He who is the origin of the false-ego (ahagkāro), is the beloved of He who is the origin of the mind (manaḥ), is the beloved of He who is the origin of the intelligence (buddhi and pracetanā), . . .
Text 80

Verse text

ceto vrttiḥ svāntarātmā
caturthi catur-aksarā
catur-vyuhā catur-murtir
vyoma-vāyur ado jalam

Translation

. . . is the beloved of He who is the origin of the mind (cetaḥ), is the beloved of He who is the origin of action (vrtti), is the beloved of He who is the Supersoul in everyone's heart (svāntarātmā), is the beloved of He who stands beyond wakefulness, dream, and dreamless sleep (caturthi), is the beloved of He who is designated by the sacred syllable Om (catur-aksarā), is the beloved of He who expands as Vāsudeva, Sagkarsana, Pradyumna, and Aniruddha (catur-vyuhā and catur-murti), is the beloved of he who stays in the spiritual sky (vyoma-vāyu), is the beloved of He who stays is the ocean at the bottom of the material universe (ado jalam), . . .
Text 81

Verse text

mahi cabdo raso gandhaḥ
sparco rupam anekadhā
karmendriyam karmamayi
jnānam jnānendriyam dvidhā

Translation

. . . is the beloved of He who is the origin of the earth (mahi), is the beloved of He who is the origin of sound (cabda), is the beloved of He who is the origin of taste (rasa), is the beloved of He who is the origin of smell (gandha), is the beloved of He who is the origin of touch (sparca), is the beloved of He who is the origin of form (rupam), is the beloved of He who appears in many forms (anekadhā), is the beloved of He who is the origin of the working senses (karmendriyam), is the beloved of He who is the origin of action (karmamayi), is the beloved of He who is the origin of knowledge (jnānam), is the beloved of He who is the origin of the knowledge-acquiring senses (j 24ānendriyam), is the beloved of He who appears in two features (dvidhā), . . .
Text 82

Verse text

adhidaivam adhisthitam
jnāna-caktiḥ kriyā-caktiḥ

Translation

tridhādhibhuta-madhyātmam sarva-devādhidevatā . . .is the beloved of He who appears in three features (tridhā), is the beloved of He who appears as the adhibhautika-purusa (ahibhutam), is the beloved of He who appears as the adhyātma-purusa (adhyātmam), is the beloved of He who appears as the adhidaiva-purusa (adhidaivam), is the beloved of He who is the original creator (adhisthitam), is the beloved of He who is the master of knowledge (jnāna-cakti), is the beloved of He who is the master of pious deeds (kriyā-cakti), is the beloved of He who is the master of all the demigods (sarva-devādhidevatā), . . .
Text 83

Verse text

tattva-sagghā virag-murtir
dhāranā dhāranāmayi
crutiḥ smrtir veda-murtiḥ
samhitā garga-samhitā

Translation

. . . is the beloved of He who is the supreme truth (tattva-sagghā), is the beloved of He who is the universal form (virag-murti), is the beloved of He who is the supreme object of meditation (dhāranā and dhāranāmayi), is the beloved of He who is the object of the Sruti-cāstra (cruti), is the beloved of He who is the object of the Smrti-cāstra (smrti), is the beloved of He who is the Vedas personified (veda-murti), is the beloved of He who who is glorified by the samhitās (samhitā), is the beloved of He who is glorified by the Garga-samhitā (garga-samhitā), . . .
Text 84

Verse text

pārācari saivā srstiḥ
pārahamsi vidhātrkā
yājnavalki bhāgavati

Translation

crimad-bhāgavatārcitā . . . is the beloved of He who appeared as Parācara's son (pārācari), is the beloved of He who is the original creator (srsti and vidhātrkā), is the beloved of He who is the original paramahamsa (pārahamsi), is the beloved of He who is worshiped by Yājnavalkya (yājnavalki), is the beloved of the Supreme Personality of Godhead (bhāgavati), is the beloved of He who is worshiped in Srimad-Bhāgavatam (crimad-bhāgavatārcitā), . . .
Text 85

Verse text

rāmāyanamayi ramyā
purāna-murtiḥ punyāggā
cāstra-murtir mahonnatā

Translation

purāna-purusa-priyā . . . is the beloved of He who is glorified in the Rāmāyana (rāmāyanamayi0, is the beloved of He who is the most handsome (ramyā), is the beloved of He who the ancient Supreme Person (purāna-purusa-priyā and purāna-murti), is pure and sacred (punyāggā), is the Vedas personified (cāstra-murti), is exalted (mahonnatā), . . .
Text 86

Verse text

manisā dhisanā buddhir
vāni dhiḥ cemusi matiḥ
gāyatri veda-sāvitri
brāhmani brahma-laksanā

Translation

. . . is wise and thoughtful (manisā), is eloquent (dhisanā and vāni), is intelligent (buddhi, dhiḥ, cemusi, and mati), chants the gāyatri mantra (gāyatri and veda-sāvitri), is transcendental (brāhmani and brahma-laksanā), . . .
Text 87

Verse text

durgārpanā sati satyā
pārvati canḍikāmbikā
āryā daksāyani dāksi

Translation

daksa-yajna-vighātini . . . is difficutl to approach (durgā), is a great devotee of Lord Krsna (arpanā), is saintly (sati and satyā), is born from a mountain (pārvati), is sometimes ferocious (canḍikā), is sometimes filled with maternal love (ambikā), is noble-hearted (āryā), is expert (daksāyani and dāksi), is dear to she who destroyed the Daksa-yajna (daksa-yajna-vighātini), . . .
Text 88

Verse text

pulomajā cacindrāni
devi deva-varārpitā
vāyunā dhārini dhanyā
vāyavi vāyu-vega-gā

Translation

. . . is dear to Puloma Muni's daughter (pulomajā), is dear to Saci (caci and indrāni), is a goddess (devi), was offered in marriage to Lord Krsna, the master of the demigods (deva-varārpitā), is the object of Vāyu's meditation (vāyunā dhārini), is glorious (dhanyā), flows as swiftly as the wind (vāyavi and vāyu-vega-gā), . . .
Text 89

Verse text

yamānujā samyamani
samnjā chāyā sphurad-dyutiḥ
ratna-devi ratna-vrndā
tārā tarani-manḍalā

Translation

. . . is Yamarāja's younger sister (yamānujā), sometimes visits Samyamani-pura (samyamani), is dear to Samjnā (sam 24jā), is dear to Chāyā (chāyā), is glorious (sphurad-dyuti), is splendid with many jewels (ratna-devi and ratna-vrndā), is splendid as a star (tārā), is the daughtrer of the sun-god (tarani-manḍalā), . . .
Text 90

Verse text

ruciḥ cāntiḥ ksamā cobhā
dayā daksā dyutis trapā
tala-tustir vibhā pustiḥ
santustiḥ pusta-bhāvanā

Translation

. . . is glorious (ruci), peaceful (cānti), patient (ksamā), beautiful (cobhā), merciful (dayā), expert (daksā), splendid (dyuti), shy (trapā), satisfied with a handful (tala-tusti), glorious (vibhā), exalted (pusti), satisfied (santusti), glorious (pusta-bhāvanā), . . .
Text 91

Verse text

catur-bhujā cāru-netrā
cagkha-hastā padma-hastā
cakra-hastā gadā-dharā

Translation

dvi-bhujāsta-bhujābalā . . . sometimes has four arms (catur-bhujā), has beautiful eyes (cāru-netrā), sometimes has two arms (dvi-bhujā), sometimes has eight arms (asta-bhujā), is delicate (abalā), holds a conchshell in her hand (cagkha-hastā), holds a lotus in her hand (padma-hastā), holds a cakra in her hand (cakra-hastā), holds a club (gadā-dharā), . . .
Text 92

Verse text

nisagga-dhārini carma-
khaḍga-pānir dhanur-dharā
dhanus-tagkarani yodhi

Translation

daityodbhata-vinācini . . . carries a quiver of arrows (nisagga-dhārini), holds a sword and chield in her hands (carma- khaḍga-pāni), holds a bow (dhanur-dharā), shoots many arrows with a loud sound (dhanus-tagkarani), is a great warrior (yodhi), destroys the demonic armies (daityodbhata-vinācini), . . .
Text 93

Verse text

ratha-sthā garuḍāruḍhā
vamci-dharā krsna-vesā
sragvini vana-mālini

Translation

cri-krsna-hrdaya-sthitā . . . rides on a chariot (ratha-sthā), rides on Garuḍa (garuḍāruḍhā), stays in Lord Krsna's heart (cri-krsna-hrdaya-sthitā), is the beloved of Lord Krsna, who plays the flute (vamci-dharā), stays by Lord Krsna (krsna-vesā), is decorated with a garland of flowers (sragvini), is decorated with a garland of forest flowers (vana-mālini), . . .
Text 94

Verse text

kirita-dhārini yānā
manda-manda-gatir gatiḥ
tanvi komala-vigrahā

Translation

candra-koti-pratikācā . . . wears a crown (kirita-dhārini), travels to many places (yānā), walks gracefully (manda-manda-gati and gati), is splendid as millions of moons (candra-koti-pratikācā), is slender (tanvi), is delicate (komala-vigrahā), . . .
Text 95

Verse text

bhaismi bhisma-sutā bhimā
rukmini rukma-rupini
satyabhāmā jāmbavati
satyā bhadrā sudaksinā

Translation

. . . is dear to Rukmini (bhaismi, bhisma-sutā, bhimā, rukmini, and rukma-rupini), is dear to Satyabhāmā (satyabhāmā), is dear to Jāmbavati (jāmbavati), is dear to Satyā (satyā), is dear to Bhadrā (bhadrā), is dear to Sudaksinā (sudaksinā), . . .
Text 96

Verse text

mitravindā sakhi-vrndā
crggāra-kārini crggā
crgga-bhuḥ crgga-dā khagā

Translation

vrndāranya-dhvajordhvagā . . . is dear to Mitravindā (mitravindā), is dear to the gopis (sakhi-vrndā), is a flag decorating Vrndāvana (vrndāranya-dhvajā), is exalted (urdhvagā), is expert at decorating Rādhā and Krsna (crggāra-kārini), is exalted (crggā, crgga-bhuḥ, and crgga-dā), is a goddess (khagā), . . .
Text 97

Verse text

titikseksā smrtiḥ spardhā
sprhā craddhā sva-nirvrtiḥ
icā trsnā bhidā pritir
himsā yācnā klamā krsiḥ

Translation

. . . is tolerant (titiksā), had beautiful eyes (iksā), is thoughtful (smrti), competes to attain Lord Krsna (spardhā), yearns to attain Lord Krsna (sprhā), trusts Lord Krsna (craddhā), is happy (sva-nirvrti), is a goddess (icā), thirsts to attain Lord Krsna (trsnā), is sometimes separated from Lord Krsna (bhidā), loves Lord Krsna (priti), is sometimes ferocious (himsā), begs to attain Lord Krsna (yācnā), is sometimes fatigued (klamā), is attracted to Lord Krsna (krsi), . . .
Text 98

Verse text

ācā nidrā yoga-nidrā
yogini yogadānugā
nisthā pratisthā samitiḥ
sattva-prakrtir uttamā

Translation

. . . hopes to attain Lord Krsna (ācā), sometimes sleeps (nidrā), sleeps in a mystic trance (yoga-nidrā) is a yogini (yogini and yogadānugā), has faith in Lord Krsna (nisthā), takes shelter of Lord Krsna (pratisthā), is peaceful (samiti), is situated in transcendental goodness (sattva-prakrti), is exalted (uttamā), . . .
Text 99

Verse text

tamaḥ-prakrtir durmarsi
rajaḥ-prakrtir ānatiḥ
kriyākriyā krtir glāniḥ
sāttviky āḍhyātmiki vrsā

Translation

. . . sometimes appears to they who are in the mode of darkness (tamaḥ-prakrti), sometimes is ferocious (durmarsi), sometimes appears to they who are in the mode of passion (rajaḥ-prakrti), is humble (ānati), sometimes is active (kriyā), sometimes is nactive (akriyā), is saintly (krti), destroys the impious (glāni), sometimes appears to they who are in the mode of goodness (sāttviki), is spiritual (āḍhyātmiki), is religion personified (vrsā), . . .
Text 100

Verse text

sevā-cikhā-manir vrddhir
āhutiḥ piggalodbhavā
nāga-bhāsā nāga-bhusā
nāgari nagari nagā

Translation

. . . is the crest-jewel of devotees (sevā-cikhā-mani), is exalted (vrddhi), calls out to Lord Krsna in her prayers (āhuti), has a dark complexion (piggalodbhavā), is a river that speaks the language of snakes (nāga-bhāsā), is a river decorated with snakes (nāga-bhusā), is a graceful and beautiful gopi (nāgari and nagari), is a river with many trees on its shore (nagā), . . .
Text 101

Verse text

naur naukā bhava-naur bhāvyā
manomayi dārumayi
saikati sikatāmayi

Translation

bhāva-sāgara-setukā . . . is a boat to cross the ocean of repeated birth and death (nau, naukā, and bhava-nau), is the proper object of meditation (bhāvyā), is a bridge to cross the ocean of repeated birth and death (bhāva-sāgara-setukā), is thoughtful (manomayi), is a river with many trees on its shore (dārumayi), is a river with many beaches (saikati and sikatāmayi), . . .
Text 102

Verse text

lekhyā lepyā manimayi
cailā caila-bhavā cilā
cikarābhā calācalā

Translation

pratihema-vinirmitā . . . is a gopi decorated with colorful designs and pictures (lekhyā), is anointed with fragrances (lepyā), is decorated with jewel ornaments (manimayi), is decorated with gold ornaments (pratihema-vinirmitā), is the daughter of Mount Kalinda (cailā and caila-bhavā), is virtuous (cilā), is filled with spray from its turbulent waves (cikarābhā), sometimes flows swiftly (calā), sometimes is almost motionless (acalā), . . .
Text 103

Verse text

āsthitā su-sthitā tuli
vaidiki tantriki vidhiḥ
sandhyā sandhyābhra-vasanā
veda-sandhiḥ sudhāmayi

Translation

. . . sometimes is restless (asthitā), sometimes is peaceful (su-sthitā), is an expert painter (tuli), is learned in the Vedas (vaidiki), is learned in the Tantras (tantriki), is learned in the rules of religion (vidhi), meets Lord Krsna at a rendezvous (sandhyā), dresses for a rendezvous with Lord Krsna (sandhyābhra-vasanā), is learned in the Vedas (veda-sandhi), is sweet as nectar (sudhāmayi), . . .
Text 104

Verse text

sāyantani cikhāvedhyā
suksmā jiva-kalākrtiḥ
ātma-bhutā bhāvitānvi
prahvi kamala-karnikā

Translation

. . . meets Lord Krsna in the evening (sāyantani), is splendid as a burning flame (cikhā), is eternal and can never be harmed (avedhyā), is transcendental (suksmā), is a jiva-kalā expansion of Lord Krsna (jiva-kalākrti), is born from Lord Krsna (ātma-bhutā), is the proper object of meditation (bhāvitā), is transcendental (anvi), is humble (prahvi), is beautiful as the whorl of a lotus (kamala-karnikā), . . .
Text 105

Verse text

nirājani mahā-vidyā
kandali kārya-sādhani
pujā pratisthā vipulā
punanti pāra-laukiki

Translation

. . . offers ārati to Lord Krsna (nirājani), is very learned (mahā-vidyā), has many newly blossoming flowers by her shores (kandali), fulfills the devotees' desires (kārya-sādhani), is the proper object of worship (pujā), is a goddess (pratisthā), is great (vipulā), is sacred and purifying (punanti), brings one to the spiritual world (pāra-laukiki), . . .
Text 106

Verse text

cukla-caktir mauktiki ca
pratitiḥ paramecvari
virajosnig virāḍ-v/eni
venukā venu-nādini

Translation

. . . is the Lord's spiritual potency (cukla-cakti), gives liberation (mauktiki), has faith in Lord Krsna (pratiti), is the beloved of the Supreme Personality of Godhead (paramecvari), is supremely pure (virajā), is glorified with prayers written in the meter usnik (usnik), is the hair of the Lord's universal form (virāḍ-v/eni), expertly plays the flute (venukā and venu-nādini), . . .
Text 107

Verse text

āvartini vārtikadā
vārtā vrttir vimānagā
rāsāḍhyā rāsini rāsā

Translation

rāsa-manḍala-vartini . . . is a river that has many whirlpools (āvartini), is a messenger (vārtikadā and vārtā), is active in Lord Krsna's service (vrtti), travels in airplanes (vimānagā), is expert in the rāsa-dance (rāsāḍhyā, rāsini, rāsā, and rāsa-manḍala-vartini), . . .
Text 108

Verse text

gopa-gopicvari gopi
go-cārini gopa-nadi

Translation

gopi-gopāla-vanditā gopānanda-pradāyini . . . is a leader of the gopas and gopis (gopa-gopicvari), is a gopi (gopi), is worshiped by the gopas and gopis (gopi-gopāla-vanditā), herds the cows (go-cārini), is a river that helps the gopas (gopa-nadi) and gives happiness to the gopas (gopānanda-pradāyini), . . .
Text 109

Verse text

pacavyadā gopa-sevyā
kotico go-ganavrtā
gopānugā gopavati

Translation

govinda-pāda-pādukā . . . nourishes the cows (pacavyadā), is served by the gopas (gopa-sevyā), is a place where millions of cows meet (kotico go-ganavrtā), is a place where many gopas meet (gopānugā and gopavati), is a place where Lord Krsna places His feet (govinda-pāda-pādukā), . . .
Text 110

Verse text

vrsabhānu-sutā rādhā
krsna-prānādhikā cacvad-
rasikā rasikecvari

Translation

cri-krsna-vaca-kārini . . . is a friend of Vrsabhānu's daughter (vrsabhānu-sutā and rādhā), has brought Lord Krsna under her dominion (cri-krsna-vaca-kārini), is a girl for whom Lord Krsna is more dear than life (krsna-prānādhikā), eternally enjoys nectar pastimes with Lord Krsna (cacvad-rasikā), is a queen of they who enjoy nectar pastimes with Lord Krsna (rasikecvari), . . .
Text 111

Verse text

avatodā tāmraparni
krtamālā vihāyasi
krsnā veni bhimarathi
tāpi revā mahāpagā

Translation

. . . is a friend of the Avatodā river (avatodā), is a friend of the Tāmraparni river (tāmraparni), is a friend of the Krtamālā river (krtamālā), is a friend of the Vihāyasi river (vihāyasi), is a friend of the Krsnā river (krsnā), is a friend of the Veni river (veni), is a friend of the Bhimarathi river (bhimarathi), is a friend of the Tāpi river (tāpi), is a friend of the Revā river (revā), is a friend of the Mahāpagā river (mahāpagā), . . .
Text 112

Verse text

vaiyāsaki ca kāveri
tuggabhadrā sarasvati
candrabhāgā vetravati
rsikulyā kakudmini

Translation

. . . is a friend of the Vaiyāsaki river (vaiyāsaki), is a friend of the Kāveri river (kāveri), is a friend of the Tuggabhadrā river (tuggabhadrā), is a friend of the Sarasvati river (sarasvati), is a friend of the Candrabhāgā river (candrabhāgā), is a friend of the Vetravati river (vetravati), is a friend of the Rsikulyā river (rsikulyā), is a friend of the Kakudmini river (kakudmini), . . .
Text 113

Verse text

gautami kauciki sindhur
godāvari ratnamālā
gaggā mandākini balā

Translation

bāna-gaggātisiddhidā . . . is a friend of the Gautami river (gautami), is a friend of the Kauciki river (kauciki), is a friend of the Sindhu river (sindhu), is a friend of the Bāna-gaggā river (bāna-gaggā), is a friend of the Atisiddhidā river (atisiddhidā), is a friend of the Godāvari river (godāvari), is a friend of the Ratnamālā river (ratnamālā), is a friend of the Gaggā river (gaggā), is a friend of the Mandākini river (mandākini), is a friend of the Balā river (balā), . . .
Text 114

Verse text

svarnadi jāhnavi velā
vaisnavi maggalālayā
bālā visnu-padi proktā

Translation

sindhu-sāgara-saggatā . . . is a friend of the Svarnadi river (svarnadi), is a friend of the Jāhnavi river (jāhnavi), is a friend of the Velā river (velā), is a friend of the Vaisnavi river (vaisnavi), is auspicious (maggalālayā), is youthful (bālā), is a place where Lord Krsna places His feet (visnu-padi), is described in the scriptures (proktā), is a friend of the holy place Sindhu-sāgara (sindhu-sāgara-saggatā), . . .
Text 115

Verse text

samudri ratnadā dhuni
bhāgirathi svar-dhuni bhuḥ

Translation

gaggā-sāgara-cobhāḍhyā cri-vāmana-pada-cyutā . . . is glorious like Gaggā-sāgara (gaggā-sāgara-cobhāḍhyā), flows into the ocean (samudri), is full of jewels (ratnadā), is a beautiful river (dhuni), is a friend of the Gaggā (bhāgirathi, svar-dhuni, bhuḥ, and cri-vāmana-pada-cyutā), . . .
Text 116

Verse text

laksmi ramā ramaniyā
bhārgavi visnu-vallabhā
sitārcir jānaki mātā
kalagka-rahitā kalā

Translation

. . . is glorious (laksmi), delightful (ramā), beautiful (ramaniyā), is a friend of Bhrgu Muni's daughter (bhārgavi), is dear to Lord Visnu (visnu-vallabhā), is a friend of Sitā (sitā and jānaki), is glorious as a flame (arci), is like the mother of the world (mātā), is sublimely pure (kalagka-rahitā), is a kalā expansion of Lord Krsna (kalā), . . .
Text 117

Verse text

sarvā tri-patha-gāmini
dharā vicva-bharānantā
bhumir dhātri ksamāmayi

Translation

krsna-pādābja-sambhutā . . . was born from Lord Krsna's lotus feet (krsna-pādābja-sambhutā), has all glories (sarvā), travels through the three worlds (tri-patha-gāmini), nourishes the worlds (dharā and vicva-bharā), is limitless (anantā), flows on the earth (bhumi), maintains the earth (dhātri), is very tolerant (ksamāmayi), . . .
Text 118

Verse text

sthirā dharitri dharani
urvi cesa-phana-sthitā
ayodhyā rāghava-puri
kauciki raghu-vamsa-jā

Translation

. . . is steady and peaceful (sthirā), maintains the earth (dharitri, dharani, and urvi), stays under Sesa's hoods (cesa-phana-sthitā), stays in Ayodhyā (ayodhyā and rāghava-puri), is worshiped by Vicvamitra (kauciki), worships Lord Rāmacandra (raghuvamsajā), . . .
Text 119

Verse text

mathurā māthuri panthā
yādavi dhruva-pujitā
mayāyur bilva-nilodā

Translation

gaggā-dvāra-vinirgatā . . . flows by Mathurā (mathurā and māthuri), flows in a beautiful course (panthā), flows by the city of the Yādavas (yādavi), is worshiped by Dhruva (dhruva-pujitā), gave a long life to Mayāsura (mayāyuḥ), has waters dark as bilva leaves (bilva-nilodā), flows from Haridvāra (gaggā-dvāra-vinirgatā), . . .
Text 120

Verse text

kucāvarta-mayi dhrauvyā
kāci civa-puri cesā
vindhyā vārānasi civā

Translation

dhruva-manḍala-madhya-gā . . . flows by Kucāvarta (kucāvarta-mayi), is worshiped by Dhruva (dhrauvyā), flows through Dhruvaloka (dhruva-manḍala-madhya-gā), flows by Vārānasi (kāci, civa-puri, and vārānasi), is perfect (cesā), flows by the Vindhyā Hills (vindhyā), is auspicious (civā), . . .
Text 121

Verse text

avantikā devapuri
projjvalojjayini jitā
dvārāvati dvāra-kāmā
kuca-bhutā kucasthali

Translation

. . . flows by Avantikā-puyra (avantikā), flows by Devapuri (devapuri), is splendid (projjvalā), flows by Ujjayini (ujjayini), is victorious (jitā), flows by Dvārakā (dvārāvati, kuca-bhutā, and kucasthali), fulfills all desires (dvāra-kāmā), . . .
Text 122

Verse text

mahā-puri sapta-puri

Translation

nandi-grāma-sthala-sthitā cālagrāma-cilādityā cambhala-grāma-madhyagā . . . flows by many great cities (mahā-puri), flows by seven cities (sapta-puri), flows by Nanda-grāma (nandi-grāma-sthala-sthitā), is a friend of the Ganḍaki river, where the Sālagrāma-cilās are manifest (cālagrāma-cilādityā), flows by Sambhala-grāma (cambhala-grāma-madhyagā), . . .
Text 123

Verse text

vamca-gopālini ksiptā
barhismati hastipuri

Translation

hari-mandira-vartini cakra-prastha-nivāsini . . . worships the flutist Krsna (vamca-gopālini), has renounced the material world (ksiptā), is a palace for Lord Krsna's pastimes (hari-mandira-vartini), flows by Barhismati-pura (barhismati), flows by Hastināpura (hastipuri), flows by King Indra's residence (cakra-prastha-nivāsini), . . .
Text 124

Verse text

dāḍimi saindhavi jambuḥ
pauskari puskara-prasuḥ
naimisi naimisāvrtā

Translation

utkalāvarta-gamanā . . . nourishes many pomegranate trees (dāḍimi), flows to the ocean (saindhavi), is a friend of the Jambu river (jambu), is a friend of Puskara-tirtha (pauskari and puskara-prasu), flows through Orissa (utkalāvarta-gamanā), flows by Naimisāranya (naimisi and naimisāvrtā), . . .
Text 125

Verse text

kurujāggala-bhuḥ kāli
haimavaty-arbudi budhā

Translation

cukara-ksetra-viditā cveta-vārāha-dhāritā . . . flows through Kurujāggala (kurujāggala-bhu), has a dark complexion (kāli), is born from the Himālayas (haimavati), is dark as a cloud (arbudi), is wise (budhā), flows by Sukara-ksetra (cukara-ksetra-viditā), is maintained by Lord Sveta-varāha (cveta-vārāha-dhāritā), . . .
Text 126

Verse text

sarva-tirthamayi tirthā
tirthānām tirtha-kārini
hārini sarva-dosānām
dāyini sarva-sampadām

Translation

. . . contains all holy places within her waters (sarva-tirthamayi and tirthā), makes the holy places sacred (tirthānām tirtha-kārini), removes all sins (hārini sarva-dosānām), gives all good fortune (dāyini sarva-sampadām), . . .
Text 127

Verse text

vardhini tejasām sāksād

Translation

garbha-vāsa-nikrntani goloka-dhāma-dhanini nikunja-nija-manjari . . . brings glory and power (vardhini tejasām), has directly appeared in this world (sāksāt), ends the need to again be born in a mother's womb (garbha-vāsa-nikrntani), is the opulence of Goloka (goloka-dhāma-dhanini), is a graceful flower to decorate her own transcendental forest (nikunja-nija-ma 24jari), . . .
Text 128

Verse text

sarvottamā sarva-punyā

Translation

sarva-saundarya-crgkhalā sarva-tirthopari-gatā sarva-tirthādhidevatā . . . is the greatest (sarvottamā), is supremely sacred (sarva-punyā), has all beauty (sarva-saundarya-crgkhalā), is the best of all holy places (sarva-tirthopari-gatā), is the deity worshiped by all holy places (sarva-tirthādhidevatā), . . .
Text 129

Verse text

cridā crisā cri-nivāsā
cri-nidhiḥ cri-vibhāvanā
svaksā svaggā catānandā
nandā jyotir ganecvari

Translation

. . . gives beauty, glory, and wealth (cridā), is the queen of beauty, glory, and wealth (crisā), is the abode of beauty, glory, and wealth (cri-nivāsā), is a treasury of beauty, glory, and wealth (cri-nidhiḥ and cri-vibhāvanā), has beautiful eyes (svaksā), has beautiful limbs (svaggā), has a hundred blisses (catānandā), is filled with happiness (nandā), is splendid (jyoti), and is a leader of the gopis (ganecvari).
Text 130

Verse text

nāmnām sahasram kālindyāḥ
kirtidam kāmadam param
mahā-pāpa-haram punyam
āyur-vardhanam uttamam

Synonyms

nāmnām — of names ; sahasram — thousand ; kālindyāḥ — of the Yamunā ; kirtidam — giving fame ; kāmadam — fulfilling desires ; param — great ; mahā-pāpa — great sins ; haram — removing ; punyam — sacred ; āyur-vardhanam — increasing life ; uttamam — transcendental.

Translation

These thousand sacred names of Sri Yamunā bring fame and fulfill all desires. They remove the greatest sins. They increase the span of life.
Text 131

Verse text

eka-vāram pathed rātrau
caurebhyo na bhayam bhavet
dvi-vāram prapathen mārge
dāsyubhyo na bhayam kvacit

Synonyms

eka — one ; vāram — time ; pathet — recites ; rātrau — at night ; caurebhyaḥ — from thieves ; na — not ; bhayam — fear ; bhavet — will be ; dvi-vāram — two times ; prapathet — recites ; mārge — on the path ; dāsyubhyaḥ — from highwaymen ; na — not ; bhayam — fear ; kvacit — in any way.

Translation

A person who once recites these names need not fear thieves at night. A person who twice recites these names need not fear highwaymen.
Texts 132 and 133

Verse text

dvitiyam tu samārabhya
pathet purnāvadhim dvijaḥ
daca-vāram idam bhaktyā
dhyātvā devim kālindajām
rogi rogāt pramucyeta
baddho mucyetā bandhanāt
gurvini janayet putram
vidyārthi panḍito bhavet

Synonyms

dvitiyam — second ; tu — indeed ; samārabhya — beginning ; pathet — recites ; purnāvadhim — full ; dvijaḥ — brāhmana ; daca-vāram — ten times ; idam — this ; bhaktyā — with devotion ; dhyātvā — meditating ; devim — on goddess Yamunā ; kālindajām — the daughter of Mount Kalinda ; rogi — dioseased ; rogāt — from disease ; pramucyeta — freed ; baddhaḥ — imprisoned ; mucyetā — is freed ; bandhanāt — from prison ; gurvini — desiring children ; janayet — will beget ; putram — a son ; vidyārthi — desiring knowledge ; panḍitaḥ — a scholar ; bhavet — will become.

Translation

A brāhmana who chants these names ten times as he devotedly meditates on Sri Yamunā, if he is diseased becomes free of his disease, if he is imprisoned becomes released from prison, if he wishes a son begets a son, if he wishes knowledges, becomes a learned scholar, . . .
Text 134

Verse text

mohanam stambhanam cacvad
vaci-kāranam evā ca
uccātanam ghātanam ca
cosanam dipanam tathā

Synonyms

mohanam — bewilderment ; stambhanam — paralysis ; cacvat — always ; vaci-kāranam — being under the conmtrol of others ; evā — indeed ; ca — and ; uccātanam — exile ; ghātanam — viloent attacks ; ca — and ; cosanam — withering ; dipanam — panic ; tathā — so.

Translation

. . . and becomes free from bewilderment, paralysis, being under others' control, forced exile, being attacked by others, withering away, panic, . . .
Text 135

Verse text

unmādanam tāpanam ca
nidhi-darcanam evā ca
yad yad vānchati cittena
tat tat prāpnoti mānavaḥ

Synonyms

unmādanam — madness ; tāpanam — suffering ; ca — and ; nidhi-darcanam — seeing wealth ; evā — indeed ; ca — and ; yad yat — whatever ; vā 24chati — desires ; cittena — in his heart ; tat tat — thAT ; prāpnoti — attains ; mānavaḥ — a person.

Translation

. . . madness, and suffering. He attains great wealth. He attains whatever he desires in his heart.
Text 136

Verse text

brāhmano brahma-varcasvi
rājanyo jagati-patiḥ
vaicyo nidhi-patir bhuyāc
chudraḥ crutvā tu nirmalaḥ

Synonyms

brāhmanaḥ — a brāhmana ; brahma-varcasvi — brahminical power ; rājanyaḥ — kings ; jagati-patiḥ — the master of the world ; vaicyaḥ — a vaisya ; nidhi-patiḥ — the master of great welath ; bhuyāt — may be ; cudraḥ — a sudra ; crutvā — hearing ; tu — indeed ; nirmalaḥ — pure.

Translation

By hearing these thousand names a brāhmana attains great brahminical power, a ksatriya becomes king of the world, a vaicya becomes the master of great wealth, and a cudra becomes pure in heart.
Text 137

Verse text

puja-kāle tu yo nityam
pathate bhakti-bhāvataḥ
lipyate nā sa pāpena
padma-patram ivāmbhasā

Synonyms

puja-kāle — at the time of worship ; tu — indeed ; yaḥ — one who ; nityam — regularly ; pathate — recites ; bhakti-bhāvataḥ — with devotion ; lipyate — is touched ; nā — not ; sa — he ; pāpena — by sin ; padma-patram — a lotus leaf ; iva — like ; ambhasā — by water.

Translation

A person who when he worships the Lord recites these thousand names of Sri Yamunā is never touched by sin as a lotus leaf is never touched by water.
Texts 138 and 139

Verse text

cata-vāram pathen nityam
varsāvadhim ataḥ param
patalam paddhatim krtvā
stavam cā kavacam tathā
prāpnuyān nātra samcayaḥ

Synonyms

cata-vāram — a hundred times ; pathen — recites ; nityam — regularly ; varsāvadhim — for a year ; ataḥ — then ; param — from ; patalam — patalam ; paddhatim — paddhati ; krtvā — doing ; stavam — stava ; cā — and ; kavacam — kavaca ; tathā — so ; sapta-dvipa-mahi-rājyam — the kingdom of the seven continents ; prāpnuyāt — attains ; na — not ; atra — here ; samcayaḥ — doubt.

Translation

sapta-dvipa-mahi-rājyam A person who for one year every day recites these names one hundred times and every day performs the Yamunā-patala, Yamunā-paddhati, Yamunā-stava, and Yamunā-kavaca, becomes king of the seven dvipas. Of this there is no doubt.
Text 140

Verse text

niskāranam pathed yas tu
traivargyam etya sukrti
jivan-mukto bhaved iha

Synonyms

niskāranam — without motive ; pathet — recites ; yaḥ — one who ; tu — indeed ; yamunā-bhakti-samyutaḥ — with devotion fro Sri Yamunā ; traivargyam — the three goals of life ; etya — attaining ; sukrti — pious ; jivan-muktaḥ — liberated in this life ; bhavet — becomes ; iha — in this world.

Translation

yamunā-bhakti-samyutaḥ A person who, devoted to Sri Yamunā and free of material motives, recites these prayers, attains the three goals of life, becomes saintly, and becomes liberated even in this world.
Text 141

Verse text

nikunja-lilā-lalitam manoharam
vrajet sa golokam idam pathec ca yaḥ

Synonyms

nikunja — in the forest groves ; lilā — pastimes ; lalitam — charming ; manoharam — beautiful ; kalindajā-kula — by the Yamunā's shore ; latā-kadambakam — vines ; vrndāvana — og Vrndāvana ; unmatta — intoxicated ; milinda — of bumblebees ; cabditam — filled with the sounds ; vrajet — goes ; sa — he ; golokam — to Goloka ; idam — this ; pathet — reads ; ca — and ; yaḥ — one who.

Translation

kalindajā-kula-latā-kadambakam vrndāvanonmatta-milinda-cabditam A person who recites these hundred names goes to Goloka, the beautiful realm filled with flowering vines by the Yamunā's shore, the sound of intoxicated bees, and the charming pastimes of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Canto Eight Chapter Nine Śrī Rāma-rāsa-krīdā Lord Balarāma's Rāsa Dance
Text 1

Verse text

duryodhana uvāca muni-śārdūla bhagavān balabhadro nāga-

Synonyms

duryodhana uvāca — Duryodhana said ; muni-śārdūla — O tiger of sages ; bhagavān — Lord ; balabhadrah — Balarāma ; nāga — snake ; kanyābhih — with the girls ; gopībhih — with the gopīs ; kadā — when? ; kālindī-kūle — on the Yamunā's shore ; vijahāra — enjoyed pastimes.

Translation

kanyābhir gopībhih kadā kālindī-kūle vijahāra. Duryodhana said: O tiger of sages, when did Lord Balarāma enjoy the rāsa dance on the Yamunā's shore with gopīs that had been snake-girls in their previous birth?
Text 2

Verse text

śrī-prāḍvipāka uvāca ekadā dvārakā-nāgarād dhi tālāṅkaṁ
ratham āsthāpya surān didṛkṣuh param utkaṇṭho nanda-rāja-gokula-
go-gopāla-gopī-gaṇa-saṅkulah saṅkarṣaṇa āgataś cirotkaṇṭhābhyāṁ
nandarāja-yaśodābhyāṁ pariṣvakto gopī-gopāla-gobhir militvā tatra

Synonyms

śrī-prāḍvipāka uvāca — Supreme Personality of Godhe ; ekadā — one day ; dvārakā-nāgarāt — from Dvārakā ; hi — indeed ; tālāṅkam — marked with the sign of the palm tree ; ratham — chariot ; āsthāpya — mounting ; surān — the demigods ; didṛkṣuh — desiring to see ; param — greatly ; utkaṇṭhah — eager ; nanda-rāja-gokula — in King Nanda's Gokula ; go-gopāla-gopī-gaṇa — the cows, gopas, and gopīs ; saṅkulah — agitated ; saṅkarṣaṇa — Lord Balarāma ; āgataś — came ; cirotkaṇṭhābhyām — yearning for a long time ; nandarāja-yaśodābhyām — by Yaśodā and King Nanda ; pariṣvaktah — embraced ; gopī-gopāla-gobhih — by the gopas and gopīs ; militvā — meeting ; tatra — there ; dvau — two ; masau — months ; vasantikau — in spirngtime ; ca — and ; āvatsīt — resided.

Translation

dvau masau vasantikau cāvatsīt. Śrī Prāḍvipāka Muni said: One day, eager to see His devotees, Lord Balarāma mounted His chariot bearing a palm-tree flag, left Dvārakā, and, yearning to see the gopas, gopīs, and cows, went to Gokula. Yaśodā and King Nanda embraced Him when He arrived. Later He met with the gopas and gopīs. He stayed there for two months.
Text 3

Verse text

atha ca yā nāga-kanyāh pūrvoktās tā gopa-kanyā bhūtvā
balabhadra-prāpty-arthaṁ gargācāryād balabhadrapañcāṅgaṁ
gṛhītvā tenaiva siddhā babhūvuh. tābhir baladeva ekadā prasannah
kālindī-kūle rāsa-maṇḍalaṁ samārebhe. tadaiva caitra-pūrṇimāyāṁ

Synonyms

atha — then ; ca — and ; ya — who ; nāga-kanyāh — the snake girls ; pūrvoktah — previously described ; ta — they ; gopa-kanyā — gopīs ; bhūtvā — becoming ; balabhadra-prāpty-artham — to attain Lord Balarāma ; gargācāryāt — from Garga Muni ; balabhadra — of Lord Balarāma ; pañcāṅgam — the five methods of worship ; gṛhītvā — accepting ; tena — by that ; eva — indeed ; siddha — perfect ; babhūvuh — became ; tābhih — with them ; baladeva — Balarāma ; ekadā — one day ; prasannah — happy ; kālindī — of the Yamunā ; kūle — on the shore ; rāsa-maṇḍalam — the rasa-dance circle ; samārebhe — attained ; tadā — then ; eva — indeed ; caitra-pūrṇimāyām — on the full moon of the month of Caitra ; pūrṇa — full ; candrah — moon ; aruṇa-varṇah — red ; sampūrṇam — full ; vanam — forest ; rañjayan — making red ; vireje — shone.

Translation

pūrṇa-candro 'ruṇa-varṇah sampūrṇaṁ vanaṁ rañjayan vireje. The previously described snake-girls became gopīs and, in order to attain Lord Balarāma's association, on Garga Muni's advice followed the five methods of worshiping Lord Balarāma. In this way they became perfect. Pleased with them, Lord Balarāma enjoyed a rāsa-dance with them on the full-moon night of the month of Caitra (March-April), a night when the red moon reddened the whole of Vṛndāvana forest.
Text 4

Verse text

śītalā manda-yānāh kamala-makaranda-reṇu-vṛnda-
samvṛtāh sarvato vāyavah parivavuh kalinda-giri-nandinī-cala-
laharībhir ānanda-dāyinī pulinaṁ vimalaṁ hy acitaṁ cakāra. tathā
ca kuñja-prāṅgana-nikuñja-puñjaih
sphural-lalita-pallava-puṣpa-parāgair mayūra-kokila-puṁskokila-
kūjitair madhupa-madhura-dhvanibhir vraja-bhūmir vibhrājamānā

Synonyms

śītalā — cool ; manda-yānāh — slowly moving ; kamala-makaranda-reṇu-vṛnda-samvṛtāh — filled with lotus pollen ; sarvatah — everywhere ; vāyavah — breezes ; parivavuh — blew ; kalinda-giri-nandinī-cala-laharībhih — moving the Yamunā's waves ; ānanda-dāyinī — delightful ; pulinam — the shore ; vimalam — splendid ; hy — indeed ; acitam — collected ; cakāra. — did ; tathā — so ; ca — and ; kuñja-prāṅgana-nikuñja-puñjaih — with the forest goves and courtyards ; sphural-lalita-pallava — playfully blossoming petals ; puṣpa — flowers ; parāgaih — with pollen ; mayūra — peacocks ; kokila-puṁskokila — and cuckoos ; kūjitaih — cooing ; madhupa-madhura-dhvanibhih — with the sweet hummingof bees ; vraja-bhūmih — the land of Vraja ; vibhrājamānā — shining ; babhūva — became.

Translation

babhūva. Cooling, gentle, delightful, lotus-pollen filled breezes pushed the Yamunā's waves and blew to the splendid shore. Then the land of Vraja became very splendid, its many forest groves and courtyards filled with the fragrant pollen of playfully and gracefully blossoming flowers, with the cooing of cuckoos and peacocks, and with the sweet humming of bees.
Text 5

Verse text

tatra kvaṇad-ghaṇṭikā-nūpurah sphuran-maṇi-maya-kaṭaka-
kaṭi-sūtra-keyūra-hāra-kirīṭa-kuṇḍalayor upari kamala-patrair
nīlāmbaro vimala-kamala-patrākṣo yakṣībhir yakṣa-rāḍ iva gopībhir

Synonyms

tatra — there ; kvaṇat — sounding ; ghaṇṭikā — bells ; nūpurah — anklets ; sphuran-maṇi-maya-kaṭaka — glittering gend bracelets with jewels ; kaṭi-sūtra — belts ; keyūra — armlets ; hāra — necklaces ; kirīṭa — crowns ; kuṇḍalayoh — and earrings ; upari — above ; kamala-patraih — with lotus petals ; nīlāmbarah — blue garments ; vimala-kamala-patrākṣah — glistening lotus eyes ; yakṣībhih — with Yakṣīs ; yakṣa-rāḍ — Kuvera ; iva — like ; gopībhih — with the gopīs ; gopa-rāḍ — the king of the gopas ; rāsa-maṇḍale — in the rasa-dance circle ; reje — shone.

Translation

gopa-rāḍ rāsa-maṇḍale reje. Decorated with tinkling ankle-bells, glittering gold and jewel necklace, armlets, belt, crown, and earrings, and with many lotus petals, dressed in blue garments, and His eyes like glittering lotus petals, Lord Balarāma was splendid with the gopīs in the rāsa-dance circle. He was like Kuvera surrounded by a host of beautiful yakṣīs.
Text 6

Verse text

atha varuṇa-preṣitā vāruṇī devī puṣpa-bhara-gandhi-lobhi-
milinda-nādita-vṛkṣa-koṭarebhyah patantī sarvato vanaṁ surabhī-
cakāra. tat-pāna-mada-vihvalah kamala-viśāla-tāmrākṣo
makaradhvājāveśa-calad-dhuryāṅga-bhaṅgo vihāra-kheda-
prasvedāmbu-kaṇair galad-gaṇḍa-sthala-patra-bhaṅgo gajendra-
gatir gajendra-śuṇḍādaṇḍa-sama-dordaṇḍa-maṇḍito gajībhir
gaja-rājendra ivonmattah siṁhāsane nyasta-halo musala-pāṇih
koṭīndu-pūrṇa-maṇḍala-saṅkāśah prodgamad-ratna-mañjīra-
pracala-nūpura-prakvaṇat-kanaka-kiṅkinībhih kaṅkaṇa-sphurat-
sthala-patrāvalībhih sundarībhir bhagavān bhuvaneśvaro

Synonyms

atha — then ; varuṇa — by Varuṇa ; preṣitā — sent ; vāruṇī — Varu.nī ; devī — goddess ; puṣpa-bhara-gandhi-lobhi — made greedy by the scent of the flowers ; milinda — of bees ; nādita — sounded ; vṛkṣa — of the trees ; koṭarebhyah — from the hollows ; patanti — fall ; sarvatah — everywheer ; vanam — the forest ; surabhī — fragrant ; cakāra — made ; tat-pāna-mada-vihvalah — eager to drink it ; kamala-viśāla-tāmrākṣah — His eyes large red lotus flowers ; makaradhvāja — of Kāmadeva ; āveśa — from the entrance ; calat — moving ; dhuryāṅga-bhaṅgah — great limbs ; vihāra-kheda — exhausted from pastimes ; prasvedāmbu-kaṇaih — with drops of perspiration ; galad-gaṇḍa-sthala-patra-bhaṅgah — trickling down His cheeks ; gajendra — of the king of elephants ; gatih — walking ; gajendra-śuṇḍādaṇḍa-sama-dordaṇḍa-maṇḍitah — decorated with arms like elephants' trunks ; gajībhih — with female elephants ; gaja-rājendra — the king of the kings of the kings of elephants ; iva — like ; unmattah — intoxicated ; siṁhāsane — on a throne ; nyasta-halah — weakened ; musala-pāṇih — club in hand ; koṭīndu-pūrṇa-maṇḍala-saṅkāśah — splendid like millions of moons ; prodgamad-ratna-ma 24jīra-pracala-nūpura-prakvaṇat-kanaka-kiṅkinībhih — with tinkling anklets and ornaments ; kaṅkaṇa — bracelets ; sphurat — glistening ; tāṭaṅka — earrings ; puraṭa — golden ; hāra — necklace ; śrī-kaṇṭha — graceful neck ; aṅgulīya — rings ; śiromaṇibhih — crest jewels ; praviḍambinī-kṛta — mocking ; sarpiṇī — snake girls ; śyāma — black ; veṇī — braids ; kuntala — hair ; lalita — graceful ; gaṇḍa-sthala — cheeks ; patrāvalībhih — with pictures and decorations ; sundarībhih — beautiful ; bhagavān — the Supreme Personality of Godhead ; bhuvaneśvarah — the master of the worlds ; vibhrājamānah — shining ; virarāja — shone ; atha — then ; ca — and ; reme — enjoyed.

Translation

tāṭaṅka-puraṭa-hāra-śrī-kaṇṭhāṅgulīya-śiromaṇibhih praviḍambinī-kṛta-sarpiṇī-śyāma-veṇī-kuntala-lalita-gaṇḍa- vibhrājamāno virarāja atha ca reme. Then, sent by the demigod Varuṇa, Goddess Varuṇī, in the form of honey oozing from the hollows of trees filled with the humming of bees made greedy by the sweet scent of the flowers, made the entire forest very fragrant. Eager to drink that honey, His eyes now red lotus flowers, His limbs weakened by enjoying amorous pastimes, perspiration born from the fatigue of His pastimes now streaming down His cheeks and washing away the pictures and designs drawn there, walking like an elephant king, decorated with mighty arms like the trunks of elephant kings, as if intoxicated, sitting on a throne, relinquishing His plow, His club still in His hand, splendid like ten million full moons, His jewel anklets, bracelets, and other ornaments tinkling, His gold earrings, necklaces, finger-rings, and jewel crown glittering, and surrounded by beautiful gopīs, their cheeks decorated with graceful pictures and designs and their black braids mocking the beautiful snake girls, Lord Balarāma, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the master of the worlds, shone with great splendor, and enjoyed transcendental pastimes.
Text 7

Verse text

atha ha vāva kālindī-kūla-kāntāra-paryaṭana-vihāra-
pariśramodyat-sveda-bindu-vyāpta-mukhāravindah snānārthaṁ jala-
krīḍārthaṁ yamunāṁ dūrāt sa ājuhāva. tatas tv anāgataṁ taṭinīṁ

Synonyms

atha — then ; ha — indeed ; vāva — blew ; kālindī-kūla-kāntāra-paryaṭana — wandering on the Yamunā's shore ; vihāra — from pastimes ; pariśrama — from fatigue ; udyat — manifesting ; sveda-bindu — drops of perspiration ; vyāpta — covered ; mukhāravindah — lotus face ; snānārtham — to bathe ; jala — water ; krīḍā — pastimes ; artham — for the purpose ; yamunām — the Yamunā ; dūrāt — from afare ; sa — He ; ājuhāva. — called ; tatah — then ; tv — indeed ; anāgatam — not come ; taṭinīm — the shore ; hala — of His plow ; agreṇa — with the tip ; kupitah — angered ; vicakarṣa — dragged ; iti — thus ; ha — indeed ; uvāca — spoke ; ca — also.

Translation

halāgreṇa kupito vicakarṣa iti hovāca ca. His lotus face covered with perspiration born from the fatigue of wandering along the Yamunā's shore and enjoying many pastimes, Lord Balarāma called for the Yamunā to come to Him so He could bathe and enjoy water-pastimes. When the Yamunā did not come, Lord Balarāma became angry and began to drag it to Him, scratching its shore with the tip of His plow. Lord Balarāma said:
Text 8

Verse text

adya mām avajṣāya nayasi mayāhūtāpi musalena tvaṁ kāma-
cāriṇīṁ śatadhā neṣya eva nirbhartsitā sa bhūri-bhītā yamunā

Synonyms

adya — today ; mām — Me ; avajṣāya — disrespecting ; nayasi — you go ; mayā — by Me ; āhūta — called ; api — even thoguh ; musalena — with the club ; tvām — you ; kāma-cāriṇīm — going as you like ; śatadhā — into a hundred streams ; neṣye — I will lead ; eva — indeed ; nirbhartsitā — rebuked ; sa — she ; bhūri-bhītā — very afraid ; yamunā — the Yamunā ; cakitā — frightened ; tat-pādayoh — at His feet ; patitā — fallen ; uvāca — spoke.

Translation

cakitā tat-pādayoh patitovāca. "Today you have no respect for Me. Even though I call, you ignore My order and go your own way as you wish. Now I will divide you into a hundred tiny streams." Rebuked with these words and now very afraid, the Yamunā came before Lord Balarāma, fell at His feet, and said:
Text 9

Verse text

rāma rāma saṅkarṣaṇa balabhadra mahā-bāho tava paraṁ
vikramaṁ na jāne. yasyaikasmin mūrdhni sarṣapavat sarvaṁ
bhū-khaṇḍa-maṇḍalaṁ dṛśyate. tasya tava param anubhāvam ajānantīṁ

Synonyms

rāma rāma — Rāma Rāma ; saṅkarṣaṇa — Saṅkarṣaṇa ; balabhadra — Balabhadra ; mahā-bāhah — O mighty-armed ; tava — of You ; param — great ; vikramam — power ; na — not ; jāne. — know ; yasya — of whom ; ekasmin — in one ; mūrdhni — head ; sarṣapavat — like a mustard seed ; sarvam — entire ; bhū-khaṇḍa-maṇḍalam — earth ; dṛśyate. — is seed ; tasya — of Him ; tava — of Yoiu ; param — great ; anubhāvam — power ; ajānantīm — not knowing ; prapannām — surrenedered ; mām — to me ; moktum — to realso ; yogyah — is appropriate ; asi — You are ; tvam — You ; bhakta-vatsalah — the lover of Your devotees ; asi — are.

Translation

prapannāṁ māṁ moktuṁ yogyo 'si. tvaṁ bhakta-vatsalo 'si. "Rāma! Rāma! Saṅkarṣaṇa! Balabhadra! O mighty-armed one! I did not know Your great power. The entire earth is seen resting like a single tiny mustard-seed on one of Your many heads. It is proper for You to release Me, who have now surrendered to You and who did not know Your true glories. You should release me because You are always affectionate to Your devotees.
Text 10

Verse text

ity evaṁ yācito balabhadro yamunāṁ tato vyamuñcat punah
kareṇubhih karīva gopībhir gopa-rāḍ jale vijagāha. punar jalād
vinirgatya tata-sthāya balabhadrāya sahasā yamunā copāyanaṁ
kāñcanīṁ mālāṁ nava-ratna-mayīṁ dhṛtvā mahendro vāraṇendra iva

Synonyms

ity evam — thus ; yācitah — requested ; balabhadrah — Lord Balarāma ; yamunām — the Yamunā ; tatah — then ; vyamuñcat — released ; punah — again ; kareṇubhih — with many female elephants ; karī — a male elephant ; iva — like ; gopībhih — with the gopīs ; gopa-rāḍ — the king of gopas ; jale — in the water ; vijagāha. — enjoyed pastimes ; punah — again ; jalāt — from the water ; vinirgatya — emerging ; tata-sthāya — staying on the shore ; balabhadrāya — to Lord Balarāma ; sahasā — quickly ; yamunā — the Yamunā ; ca — and ; upāyanam — approach ; nīlāmbarāṇi — blue garments ; hema-ratna-maya-bhūṣaṇāni — ornaments of gold and jewels ; divyāni — splendid ; ca — and ; dadau — gave ; ha — indeed ; vāva — went ; tāni — them ; gopī-yūthāya — to the gopīs ; pṛthak pṛthak — each one ; vibhajya — dividing ; svayam — personally ; nīlāmbare — the blue garments ; vasitvā — dressing ; kāñcanīm — gold ; mālām — necklace ; nava-ratna-mayīm — made of nine jewels ; dhṛtvā — taking ; mahendrah — Indra ; vāraṇendra — the king of elephants ; iva — like ; balabhadrah — Lord Balarāma ; vireje — shone.

Translation

nīlāmbarāṇi hema-ratna-maya-bhūṣaṇāni divyāni ca dadau ha vāva tāni gopī-yūthāya pṛthak pṛthak vibhajya svayaṁ nīlāmbare vasitvā balabhadro vireje. Begged in this way, Lord Balarāma released the Yamunā. Then He enjoyed in the Yamunā's waters, as an elephant enjoys with its many wives. When He returned to the shore the Yamunā approached and gave Him gifts of many blue garments and many ornaments of gold and jewels. Lord Balarāma divided the gifts among the girls, giving some to each gopī. Then He dressed in one of the blue garments and decorated Himself with a necklace of gold and nine kinds of jewels. Then He enjoyed with the gopīs as the king of elephants enjoys with its many wives.
Text 11

Verse text

itthaṁ kauravendra yādavendrasya rāmatah sarvā vāsantikīr
niśā vyatītā babhūvuh. bhagavato balabhadrasya hastināpuram iva
vīryaṁ sūcayatīva hy adyāpi ca kṛṣṭa-vartmanā yamunā vahati. imaṁ
rāmasya rāsa-kathāṁ yah śṛṇoti śrāvayati ca sa sarva-pāpa-paṭalaṁ

Synonyms

ittham — thus ; kauravendra — O king of the Kauravas ; yādavendrasya — of the king of the Yādavas ; rāmatah — from Lord Balarāma ; sarvā — all ; vāsantikīh — springtime ; niśā — night ; vyatītā — passed ; babhūvuh. — became ; bhagavatah — of the Supreme Personality of Godhead ; balabhadrasya — Lord Balarāma ; hastināpuram — to Hastināpura ; iva — like ; vīryam — power ; sūcayati — shows ; iva — like ; hy — indeed ; adyāpi — even today ; ca — and ; kṛṣṭa-vartmanā — by the dragged path ; yamunā — the Yamunā ; vahati — flows ; imam — this ; rāmasya — of Lord Balarāma ; rāsa — ofd the rāsa dance ; kathām — the narration ; yah — one who ; śṛṇoti — hears ; śrāvayati — recounts ; ca — and ; sa — he ; sarva-pāpa-paṭalam — the entirety of a great host of sins ; chittvā — destroying ; tasya — of him ; parasparam — mutual ; ānanda-padam — the abode of bliss ; pratiyāti — goes ; kim — what? ; bhūyah — more ; śrotum — to hear ; icchasi — do you wish.

Translation

chittvā tasya parasparam ānanda-padaṁ pratiyāti. kiṁ bhūyah śrotum icchasi. O king of the Kauravas, in this way Lord Balarāma, the king of the Yādavas, spent that springtime night with the gopīs. Even today the Yamunā flows in many divided streams at that place, a testimony to the great strength, equal to that of a host of elephants, of Lord Balarāma, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. A person who hears or recounts these pastimes of Lord Balarāma destroys the entirety of a great host of sins and attains transcendental bliss. What more do you wish to hear? .pa Chapter Ten Śrī Balarāma-paddhati-paṭala The Paddhati and Paṭala of Lord Balarāma
Text 1

Verse text

duryodhana uvāca bhagavan gargācāryeṇa gopī-yūthāya kathāṁ

Synonyms

duryodhana uvāca — Duryodhana said ; bhagavan — O master ; gargācāryeṇa — by Garga Muni ; gopī-yūthāya — to the gopīs ; kathām — description ; dattam — given ; balabhadra-pañcāṅgam — the five metjods of worshiping Lord Balarāma ; tat — that ; krpayā — kindly ; vadatāt. — should tell ; tvam — you ; sarvajṣah — all-knowing ; asi — are.

Translation

dattaṁ balabhadra-pañcāṅgaṁ tat-krpayā vadatāt. tvaṁ sarvajṣo 'si. Duryodhana said: O master, you know everything. Please kindly repeat to me what Garga Muni spoke to the gopīs to tell them of the five-part worship of Lord Balarāma.
Text 2

Verse text

śrī-prāḍvipāka uvāca kauravendra ekadā gargācāryah
tatraikānte marul-līlāijal-lalita-latā-taru-pallava-puṣpa-gandha-
matta-milinda-puñje kālindī-kūla-kalita-nikuñje śrī-rāma-kṛṣṇa-
dhyāna-tat-paraṁ gargācāryaṁ praṇamya nagendra-kanyāh sma iti
jāti-smarā gopa-kanyāh śrīmad-balabhadra-prāpty-arthaṁ sevanaṁ
papracchus tāsāṁ paramāṁ bhaktiṁ vīkṣya paddhati-paṭala-stotra-
kavaca-sahasra-nāmāni gopī-yūthāya sa pradadau. kiṁ bhūyas tvaṁ

Synonyms

śrī-prāḍvipāka uvāca — Śrī Prāḍvipāka Muni said ; kauravendra — O king of the Kauravas ; ekadā — one day ; gargācāryah — Garga Muni ; kalinda-nandinīm — to the Yamunā ; snātum — to bathe ; gargācalāt — from Mount Garga ; vraja-maṇḍalam — to the circle of Vraja ; ca — and ; ājagāma — came ; tatra — there ; ekānte — in one place ; marut — breezes ; līlā — pastimes ; ejat — moving ; lalita — graceful ; latā — vines ; taru — trees ; pallava — sprouts ; puṣpa — flowers ; gandha — scent ; matta — maddened ; milinda-puñje — a host of bees ; kālindī-kūla — on the shore of the Yamunā ; kalita — perceived ; nikuñje — in the forest grove ; śrī-rāma-kṛṣṇa — of Kṛṣṇa and Balarāma ; dhyāna — meditation ; tat — to that ; param — intent ; gargācāryam — to Garga Muni ; praṇamya — bowing down ; nagendra-kanyāh — the snake princesses ; sma — indeed ; iti — thus ; jāti-smarā — remembering their previous birth ; gopa-kanyāh — gopīs ; śrīmad-balabhadra-prāpty-artham — to attain Lord Balarāma ; sevanam — service ; papracchuh — asked ; tāsām — of them ; paramam — great ; bhaktim — devotion ; vīkṣya — seeing ; paddhati-paṭala-stotra-kavaca-sahasra-nāmāni — the paddhati, paṭala, stotra, kavaca, and sahasra-nāma ; gopī-yūthāya — to the gopīs ; sa — he ; pradadau — gave ; kim — what? ; bhūyah — more ; tvam — you ; tad-grahaṇam — understanding that ; kartum — to do ; icchasi — wish ; vadatāt — may speak.

Translation

kalinda-nandinīṁ snātuṁ gargācalād vraja-maṇḍalaṁ cājagāma. tad-grahaṇaṁ kartum icchasi vadatāt. Śrī Prāḍvipāka Muni said: O king of the Kauravas, one day Garga Muni left Mount Garga and went to Vraja to bathe in the Yamunā. In a certain forest grove by the Yamunā's shore, where gentle breezes moved the graceful trees, flowering vines, and new sprouts, and where the bees were maddened by the sweet scent of the flowers, some gopīs bowed down before Garga Muni, who was rapt in meditation on Lord Kṛṣṇa and Lord Balarāma. Remembering their previous birth as snake-princesses, the gopīs asked him what kind of devotional service they should perform to attain the company of Lord Balarāma. Seeing their great devotion, Garga Muni gave these gopīs the paddhati, paṭala, stotra, kavaca, and sahasra-nāma of Lord Balarāma. What more do you wish to hear? You may ask.
Text 3

Verse text

duryodhana uvāca
rāmasya paddhatiṁ brūhi
yayā siddhiṁ vrajāmy aham
tvaṁ bhakta-vatsalo brahman
guru-deva namo 'stu te

Synonyms

duryodhana uvāca — Duryodhana said ; rāmasya — of Lord Balarāma ; paddhatim — the paddhati ; brūhi — please tell ; yayā — by which ; siddhim — perfection ; vrajāmy — attain ; aham — I ; tvam — you ; bhakta-vatsalah — affectionate to the devotees ; brahman — O Brāhmaṇa ; guru-deva — O Gurudeva ; namah — obeisances ; astu — should be ; te — unto you.

Translation

Duryodhana said: Please describe the paddhati of Lord Balarāma, reciting which I may attain perfection. O brāhmaṇa, you are affectionate to the devotees. O gurudeva, I bow down before you.
Text 4

Verse text

śrī-prāḍvipāka uvāca
rāma-mārgasya niyamaṁ
śṛṇu pārthiva-sattama
yena prasanno bhavati
balabhadro mahā-prabhuh

Synonyms

śrī-prāḍvipāka uvāca — Śrī Prāḍvipāka Muni said ; rāma-mārgasya — of the path to Lord Balarāma ; niyamam — the restrictions ; śṛṇu — please hear ; pārthiva-sattama — O best of kings ; yena — by which ; prasannah — pleased ; bhavati — is ; balabhadrah — Lord Balarāma ; mahā-prabhuh — the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

Translation

Śrī Prāḍvipāka Muni said: O best of kings, please hear the regulative principles of the path to Lord Balarāma. When one follows these principles Lord Balarāma, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, becomes pleased with him.
Text 5

Verse text

sahasra-vadano devo
bhagavān bhuvaneśvarah
na dānair na ca tīrthaiś ca
bhaktyā labhyas tv ananyayā

Synonyms

sahasra-vadanah — who has a thousand heads ; devah — the Lord ; bhagavān — the Supreme Personality of Godhead ; bhuvaneśvarah — the master of the worlds ; na — not ; danaih — by charity ; na — not ; ca — and ; tīrthaih — by pilgrimages ; ca — and ; bhaktyā — by devotional service ; labhyah — attainable ; tv — indeed ; ananyayā — without anything else.

Translation

Lord Balarāma, who is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the master of the worlds, and who is also thousand-headed Lord Ananta, is not attained by giving charity or going on pilgrimage. He is attained only by devotional service.
Text 6

Verse text

sat-saṅgam etyāśu śikṣed
bhaktiṁ vai śrī-harer guroh
sa siddhah kathito jātaṁ
yasya vai prema-lakṣaṇam

Synonyms

sat-saṅgam — association with devotees ; etya — attaining ; āśu — quickly ; sīkṣet — should learn ; bhaktim — devotion ; vai — indeed ; śrī-hareh — of Lord Kṛṣṇa ; guroh — of the guru ; sa — he ; siddhah — perfect ; kathitah — said ; jātam — born ; yasya — of whom ; vai — indeed ; prema-lakṣaṇam — characterized by love.

Translation

By associating with the devotees, one quickly learns the truth of devotion to Lord Kṛṣṇa and to one's guru. A person who learns this is said to have attained perfection. He has attained love for Lord Kṛṣṇa.
Text 7

Verse text

brāhme muhūrte cotthāya
rāma-kṛṣṇeti ca bruvan
natvā guruṁ bhuvaṁ caiva
tato bhūmyāṁ padaṁ nyaset

Synonyms

brāhme muhūrte — at brahma-muhurta ; ca — and ; utthāya — rising ; rāma-kṛṣṇa — Rāma Kṛṣṇa ; iti — thus ; ca — and ; bruvan — saying ; natvā — bowing ; gurum — to the guru ; bhuvam — the world ; ca — and ; eva — indeed ; tatah — then ; bhūmyām — on the ground ; padam — foot ; nyaset — should place.

Translation

One should rise at brāhma-muhūrta, chant the holy names of Lord Kṛṣṇa and Lord Balarāma, and bow down before one's guru. Only then should one place his feet on the ground.
Text 8

Verse text

vāry upasparśya rahasi
sthito bhūtvā kuśāsane
hastāv utsaṅga ādhāya

Synonyms

vāry — water ; upasparśya — touching ; rahasi — in a secluded place ; sthitah — staying ; bhūtvā — becoming ; kuśāsane — on a kuśa mat ; hastāv — hands ; utsaṅge — in his lap ; ādhāya — placing ; sva-nāsāgra-nirīkṣaṇah — gazing at the tip of the nose.

Translation

sva-nāsāgra-nirīkṣaṇah In a secluded place one should touch water, sit on a kuśa-grass mat, place his hands on his lap, and gaze at the tip of his nose.
Text 9

Verse text

dhyāyet paraṁ hariṁ devaṁ
balabhadraṁ sanātanam
gauraṁ nīlāmbaraṁ hy ādyaṁ

Synonyms

dhyāyet — should meditate ; param — then ; harim — on Lord Hari ; devam — the Supreme Personality of Godhead ; balabhadram — Lord Balarāma ; sanātanam — eternal ; gauram — fair ; nīlāmbaram — with blue garmwents ; hy — indeed ; ādyam — the first ; vana-mālā-vibhūṣitam — decorated with a forest garland.

Translation

vana-mālā-vibhūṣitam Then one should meditate on Lord Balarāma, the eternal Supreme Personality of Godhead, whose compelxion is fair, and who is dressed in blue garments and decorated with a forest garland.
Texts 10 and 11

Verse text

evaṁ dhyāna-paro nityaṁ
prīty-arthaṁ halinah prabhoh
tri-kāla-sandhyā-kṛc chuddho
maunī krodha-vivarjitah
akāmī gata-lobhaś ca
nirmohah satya-vāg bhavet
dvi-vāraṁ jala-pānārthī
eka-bhukto jitendriyah

Synonyms

evam — thus ; dhyāna-parah — rapt in meditation ; nityam — always ; prīty-artham — for the pleasure ; halinah — of Lord Balarāma ; prabhoh — the Supreme Personality of Godhead ; tri-kāla-sandhyā — at sunrise, noon, and sunset ; kṛt — doing ; śuddhah — pure ; maunī — silent ; krodha-vivarjitah — free from anger ; akāmī — free from lust ; gata-lobhaś — free from greed ; ca — and ; nirmohah — free from ilussion ; satya-vāg — speaking truthfully ; bhavet — should be ; dvi-vāram — twice ; jala-pānārthī — drinking water ; eka-bhuktah — eating once ; jitendriyah — ccontrolling the senses.

Translation

Pure, silent, free from anger, lust, greed, and illusion, speaking truthfully, controlling the senses, drinking water twice in a day and eating only once, to please Lord Balarāma one should thus meditate on Him at sunrise, noon, and sunset.
Text 12

Verse text

kṣaumāmbaro bhūmi-śāyī
bhūtvā pāyasa-bhojanah
evaṁ nirjita-ṣaḍ-vargo
bhaved ekāgra-mānasah

Synonyms

kṣaumāmbarah — wearing simple cotton clothing ; bhūmi-śāyī — sleeping on the ground ; bhūtvā — becoming ; pāyasa-bhojanah — eating milk ; evam — thus ; nirjita-ṣaḍ-vargah — controlling the sex material tendencies ; bhavet — should become ; ekāgra-mānasah — meditating with single-pointed concentration.

Translation

Wearing simple cotton clothing, sleeping on the ground, and fasting from all but milk, one may conquer the six material tendencies and meditate with single-pointed concentration.
Text 13

Verse text

tasya prasanno bhavati
sadā saṅkarṣaṇo harih
paripūrṇatamah sākṣāt

Synonyms

tasya — with him ; prasannah — pleased ; bhavati — is ; sadā — always ; saṅkarṣaṇah — Lord Balarāma ; harih — the Supreme Personality of Godhead ; paripūrṇatamah — perfect and complete ; sākṣāt — directly ; sarva-kāraṇa-kāraṇah — the cause of all causes.

Translation

sarva-kāraṇa-kāraṇah With such a person Lord Balarāma, the perfect and complete Supreme Personality of Godhead, the cause of all causes, becomes pleased.
Text 14

Verse text

itthaṁ śrī-balabhadrasya
kathitā paddhatir mayā
kauravendra mahā-bāho
kiṁ bhūyah śrotum icchasi

Synonyms

ittham — thus ; śrī-balabhadrasya — of Lord Balarāma ; kathitā — spoken ; paddhatih — the paddhati ; mayā — by me ; kauravendra — O king of the kurus ; mahā-bāhah — O mighty-armed one ; kim — what? ; bhūyah — more ; śrotum — to hear ; icchasi — do you wish.

Translation

O mighty-armed Kaurava king, now I have described to you the paddhati of Lord Balarāma. What more do you wish to hear.
Text 15

Verse text

duryodhana uvāca
munīndra deva-devasya
paṭalaṁ brūhi me prabhoh
yena sevāṁ karisyāmi
tat-padāmbujayoh sadā

Synonyms

duryodhana uvāca — Duryodhana said ; munīndra — O king of sages ; deva-devasya — O master of the demigods ; paṭalam — the paṭalam ; brūhi — please tell ; me — me ; prabhoh — of the Lord ; yena — by whcih ; sevām — service ; karisyāmi — I will do ; tat-padāmbujayoh — at His lotus feet ; sadā — always.

Translation

Duryodhana said: O king of sages, O master of the demigods, please describe to me the paṭala of Lord Balarāma, following which I will always serve Lord Balarāma's lotus feet.
Text 16

Verse text

śrī-prāḍvipāka uvāca
balasya paṭalaṁ guhyaṁ
viddhi siddhi-pradāyakam
ekānte brahmaṇā dattaṁ
nāradāya mahātmane

Synonyms

śrī-prāḍvipāka uvāca — Śrī Prāḍvipāka Muni said ; balasya — of Lord Balarāma ; paṭalam — the paṭala ; guhyam — secret ; viddhi — please know ; siddhi — perfection ; pradāyakam — giving ; ekānte — at one place ; brahmaṇā — by Lord Brahmā ; dattam — given ; nāradāya — to nārada ; mahātmane — the great soul.

Translation

Śrī Prāḍvipāka Muni said: Now please understand Lord Balarāma's paṭala, which brings perfection, and which the demigod Brahmā gave to Nārada Muni.
Text 17

Verse text

praṇavaṁ pūrvam uddhṛtya
kāma-bījaṁ tatah param
saṅkarṣaṇam atah param

Synonyms

praṇavam — Oṁ ; pūrvam — first ; uddhṛtya — speaking ; kāma-bījam — the Kama-bija syllable ; tatah — then ; param — after ; kālindī-bhedana-padam — the breaker of the Yamunā ; saṅkarṣaṇam — Lord Balarāma ; atah param — then.

Translation

kālindī-bhedana-padaṁ First, speak the syllable Oṁ. Then, speak the Kāma-bīja syllable (klīṁ). Then recite the names Kālindī-bhedana (the breaker of the Yamunā) and Saṅkarṣaṇa.
Text 18

Verse text

caturthyaṁ taṁ dvayaṁ kṛtvā
svāhāṁ paścād vidhāya ca
mantra-rājam imaṁ rājan
brahmoktaṁ ṣoḍaśākṣāram

Synonyms

caturthyām — fourth ; tam — that ; dvayam — both ; kṛtvā — doing ; svāhām — Svāhā ; paścāt — then ; vidhāya — placing ; ca — and ; mantra-rājam — king of mantras ; imam — this ; rājan — O king ; brahmoktam — spoken by Brahmā ; ṣoḍaśākṣāram — sixteen syllables.

Translation

After speaking these two names, then recite the word svāhā. O king, this sixteen-syllable king of mantras was spoken by the demigod Brahmā. Note: The mantra then is Oṁ klīṁ kālindī-bhedanāya saṅkarṣaṇāya svāhā.
Text 19

Verse text

japel lakṣaṁ vratī bhūtvā
sahasrāṇi ca ṣoḍaśa
ihāmūtra parāṁ siddhiṁ
samprāpnoti na saṁśayah

Synonyms

japet — one should chant ; lakṣam — a hundred thousand times ; vratī — following a vow ; bhūtvā — becoming ; sahasrāṇi — thousand ; ca — and ; ṣoḍaśa — sixteen ; iha — in this life ; amūtra — and the next ; parām — supreme ; siddhim — perfection ; samprāpnoti — attains ; na — no ; saṁśayah — doubt.

Translation

Following this vow one should chant this mantra 116,000 times. Thus one will attain the supreme perfection in this life and the next. Of this there is no doubt.
Texts 20 and 21

Verse text

atha japtasya mantrasya
mahā-pūjāṁ samācaret
bhavyaṁ kañjaṁ pañca-varṇaṁ
likhitvā sthaṇḍile śubhe
tasyopari nyased rājan
hema-siṁhāsanaṁ śubham tasmin śrī-baladevasya parām arcāṁ prapūjayet

Synonyms

atha — then ; japtasya — chanted ; mantrasya — of the mantra ; mahā-pūjām — great worship ; samācaret — should perform ; dvatriṁśat — 32 ; patra — petals ; samyuktam — with ; karṇikā-keśarojjvalam — splendid lotus whorl ; bhavyam — beautiful ; kañjam — lotus flower ; pañca-varṇam — five colors ; likhitvā — drawing ; sthaṇḍile — on the ground ; śubhe — auspicious ; tasya — that ; upari — above ; nyaset — should place ; rājan — O king ; hema-siṁhāsanam — a golden trhone ; śubham — beautiful ; tasmin — there ; śrī-baladevasya — of Lord Balarāma ; parām — supreme ; arcām — worship ; prapūjayet — should worship.

Translation

dvatriṁśat-patra-samyuktaṁ karṇikā-keśarojjvalam Then the person who has chanted the mantra this number of times should perform the great worship of Lord Balarāma. On auspicious ground he should draw a thirty-two petal lotus of five colors and with a splendid whorl. O king, he should place there a beautiful golden throne, and on that throne He should place Lord Balarāma. Then he should perform the great worship of Lord Balarāma.
Text 22

Verse text

oṁ namo bhagavate puruṣottamāya vāsudevāya saṅkarṣaṇāya
sahasra-vadanāya mahānantāya svāhā. anena mantreṇa śikhā-
bandhanaṁ kṛtvā sarvatas taṁ praṇamya tat-sammukho bhūtvā svayaṁ
nato bhavet. oṁ jaya jayānanta balabhadra kāma-pāla tālāṅka
anena mantreṇāvāhanaṁ kuryāt. oṁ namas te 'stu sīra-pāṇe
hala-musala-dhara rauhiṇeya nīlāmbara rāma revatī-ramaṇa namo
'stu te. anena mantreṇāsana-padyārghya-snāna-madhuparka-dhūpa-
puṣpākṣata-puṣpāñjali-nīrājaṇādīn upacārān
prakalpayet. oṁ viṣṇave madhusūdanāya vāmanāya trivikramāya
śrīdharāya hṛṣīkeśāya padmanābhāya dāmodarāya saṅkarṣaṇāya
vāsudevāya pradyumnāyāniruddhāyādhokṣajāya puruṣottamāya śrī-
kṛṣṇāya namah. iti pāda-gulpha-jānūru-kaṭy-udara-pārśva-pṛṣṭhi-
bhuja-kandhara-netra-śirāṁsi pṛthak pṛthak pūjayāmīti
mantreṇa sarvāṅga-pūjāṁ kuryāt. atha śaṅkha-cakra-gadā-
dāruka-sumati-kumuda-kumudākṣa-śrīdāmādīn praṇava-pūrvena
cāturthyaṁ tena namah samyuktena nāma-mantreṇa pṛthak pṛthak
sampūjya. tathā viṣvaksena-vedavyāsa-durgā-vināyaka-dikpāla-
grahādīn kamale sarvatah sve sve sthāne sampūjayet. punah
parisamūhanādī-sthālī-pāka-vidhānena vaiśvānaraṁ sampūjya
pūrvoktena mūla-mantreṇa pañca-viṁśati-sahasrāṇy
āhutīr juhuyāt. tathāṣṭau sahasrāṇi dvādasākṣāreṇa
tato 'gniṁ pradakṣiṇī-kṛtya namaskṛtyācāryaṁ mahārha-vastra-
sampūjya tathā brahmaṇān bhojanādyaih sampūjya nagara-janebhyo
bhojanaṁ dattvācāryān praṇamet. itthaṁ balasya paṭalānusāreṇa
yo 'nusmarati ihāmūtra siddhi-samṛddhibhih samvṛto bhavati. śrī-
rāma-paṭalaṁ guhyaṁ mayā te hy anuvarṇitam. sarva-siddhi-pradaṁ

Synonyms

om — Oṁ ; namah — obeisances ; bhagavate — to the Supreme Personality of Godhead ; puruṣottamāya — the supreme person ; vāsudevāya — the son of Vasudeva ; saṅkarṣaṇāya — Lord Saṅkarṣaṇa ; sahasra-vadanāya — who has a thousand heads ; mahānantāya — the great Lord Anbanta ; svāhā — svāhā ; anena — with this ; mantreṇa — mantra ; śikhā — śikhā ; bandhanam — tying ; kṛtvā — doing ; sarvatah — in all respects ; tam — to Him ; praṇamya — bowing ; tat-sammukhah — before Him ; bhūtvā — becing ; svayam — personally ; natah — bowed ; bhavet. — should be ; om — Oṁ ; jaya — vitory ; jaya — victory ; ananta — O limitless one ; balabhadra — O Balarāma ; kāma-pāla — O fulfiller of desires ; tālāṅka — O Lord who acrries the mark of the palm tree ; kālindī-bhañjana — O breaker of the Yamunā ; āvirāvirbhūya — appearing ; mama — of me ; sammukhah — in the presence ; bhava — please become ; iti — thus ; anena — with this ; mantreṇa — mantra ; āvāhanam — invoking the presence ; kuryāt. — should do ; om — Oṁ ; namah — obeisances ; te — to you ; astu — should be ; sīra-pāṇe — plow in hand ; hala-musala — plow and club ; dhara — holding ; rauhiṇeya — O son of Rohiṇī ; nīlāmbara — dressed in blue garments ; rāma — O Balarāma ; revatī-ramaṇa — O lover of Revatī ; namah — obeisances ; astu — should be ; te — to You ; anena — with this ; mantreṇa — mantra ; āsana — seat ; padya — padya ; arghya — arghya ; snāna — bath ; madhuparka — madhuparka ; dhūpa — incense ; dīpa — lamp ; yajṣopavīta — sacred thread ; naivedya — food ; vastra — garments ; bhūṣaṇa — ornaments ; gandha — scent ; puṣpa — flowers ; akṣata — unbroken rice ; puṣpa — of flowers ; añjali — handful ; nīrājaṇa — arati ; ādīn — beginning with ; upacārān — services ; prakalpayet — should perform ; om — Oṁ ; viṣṇave — to Lord Viṣṇu ; madhusūdanāya — the killer of Madhu ; vāmanāya — Vāmana ; trivikramāya — Trivikrama ; śrīdharāya — Śrīdhāra ; hṛṣīkeśāya — Hṛṣīkeśa ; padmanābhāya — whose navel is a lotus flower ; dāmodarāya — who waist is bound with a rope ; saṅkarṣaṇāya — who was pulled from Devakī's womb ; vāsudevāya — the son of Vasudeva ; pradyumnāya — Pradyumna ; aniruddhāya — Aniruddha ; adhokṣajāya — Adhokṣaja ; puruṣottamāya — the Supreme Person ; śrī-kṛṣṇāya — Śrī Kṛṣṇa ; namah. — obeisances ; iti — thus ; pāda — feet ; gulpha — ankles ; jānu — knees ; ūru — thighs ; kaṭy — hips ; udara — belly ; pārśva — sides ; pṛṣṭhi — back ; bhuja — arms ; kandhara — shoulders ; netra — eyes ; śirāṁsi — and head ; pṛthak pṛthak — each one individually ; pūjayāmi — I worship ; iti — thus ; mantreṇa — with the mantra ; sarvāṅga-pūjām — the worship of all limbs ; kuryāt. — should perform ; atha — then ; śaṅkha — conchshell ; cakra — disc ; gadā — club ; padma — lotus ; asi — sword ; dhanuh — bow ; bāṇa — arrow ; hala — plow ; musala — club ; kaustubha — Kaustubha jewel ; vanamālā — forest garland ; śrīvatsa — Śrīvatsa mark ; pītāmbara — yellow garments ; nīlāmbara — blue garments ; vaṁśī — flute ; vetra — stick ; garuḍa — Garuḍa ; aṅka — mark ; tāla — palm tree ; aṅka — mark ; ratha — chariot ; dāruka — Dāruka ; sumati — Sumati ; kumuda — Kumuda ; kumudākṣa — Kumudākṣa ; śrīdāma — Śrīdāma ; ādīn — beginning with ; praṇava-pūrvena — with Oṁ first ; cāturthyam — fourth ; tena — by that ; namah — obeisances ; samyuktena — with ; nāma-mantreṇa — by tha mantras of names ; pṛthak pṛthak — one after another ; sampūjya. — should worship ; tathā — so ; viṣvaksena — Viṣvaksena ; vedavyāsa — Vedavyāsa ; durgā — Durgā ; vināyaka — Vināyaka ; dikpāla — the protectors of the directions ; graha — the planets ; ādīn — beginning with ; kamale — on the lotus flower ; sarvatah — each ; sve sve sthāne — in his own place ; sampūjayet. — should worship ; punah — again ; parisamūhana — sprinkling water ; ādi — beginning with ; pāka — cooking ; vidhānena — by the action ; vaiśvānaram — Vaiśvānara ; sampūjya — worshiping ; pūrvoktena — previously spoken ; mūla-mantreṇa — with the mula-mantra ; pañca-viṁśati-sahasrāṇy — 25,000 ; āhutīh — oblations ; juhuyāt — should offer ; tathā — so ; aṣṭau sahasrāṇi — 8,000 ; dvādasākṣāreṇa — with 12 syllables ; tathā — then ; aṣṭau sahasrāṇi — 8,000 ; catur-vyūha-mantreṇa — with mantras to the catur-vyūha ; āhutīh — oblations ; juhuyāt. — should offer ; tatah — then ; agnim — the sacred fire ; pradakṣiṇī-kṛtya — circumambulating ; namaskṛtya — bowing down ; ācāryam — to the guru ; mahārha — very valuable ; vastra — garments ; suvarṇa — golden ; ābharaṇa — ornaments ; tāmra — red ; patra — petals ; savatsa — with calves ; gah — cows ; suvarṇa — and gold ; dakṣiṇābhih — with dakṣiṇā ; sampūjya — worshiping ; tathā — so ; brahmaṇān — the brāhmaṇas ; bhojanādyaih — beginning with food ; sampūjya — worshiping ; nagara-janebhyah — the residents of the city ; bhojanam — food ; dattvā — giving ; ācāryān — to the gurus ; praṇamet — should offer obeisances ; ittham — thus ; balasya — of Lord Balarāma ; paṭalānusāreṇa — by following the paṭala ; yah — one who ; anusmarati — remembers ; iha — in this life ; amūtra — and the next ; siddhi — of perfection ; samṛddhibhih — with increase ; samvṛtah — accompanied ; bhavati. — becomes ; śrī-rāma-paṭalam — the paṭala of Lord Balarāma ; guhyam — secret ; mayā — by me ; te — to you ; hy — indeed ; anuvarṇitam. — described ; sarva-siddhi-pradam — giving all perfection ; rājan — O king ; kim — what? ; bhūyah — more ; śrotum — to hear ; icchasi — you wish.

Translation

kālindī-bhañjana āvirāvirbhūya mama sammukho bhaveti. dīpa-yajṣopavīta-naivedya-vastra-bhūṣaṇa-gandha- padmāsi-dhanur-bāṇa-hala-musala-kaustubha-vanamālā-śrīvatsa- pītāmbara-nīlāmbara-vaṁśī-vetra-garuḍāṅka-tālāṅka-ratha- tathāṣṭau sahasrāṇi catur-vyūha-mantreṇāhūtir juhuyāt. suvarṇābharaṇa-tāmra-patra-savatsa-go-suvarṇa-dakṣiṇābhih rājan kiṁ bhūyah śrotum icchasi. Chanting the mantra "oṁ namo bhagavate puruṣottamāya vāsudevāya saṅkarṣaṇāya sahasra-vadanāya mahānantāya svāhā" (Obeisances to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Saṅkarṣana, who is thousand-headed Lord Ananta, and who is the son of Vasudeva), one should tie his śikhā. Then one should bow down before the deity and in all directions. Then, chanting the mantra "oṁ jaya jayānanta balabhadra kāma-pāla tālāṅka kālindī-bhañjana āvirāvirbhūya mama sammukho bhava" (Oṁ. O Lord Balarāma, O Lord Ananta, O fulfiller of desires, O Lord who carries a palm-tree flag, O Lord who broke the Yamunā, all glories to You! O Lord, please appear before me.), one should request Lord Balarāma to appear. Then, chanting the mantra "oṁ namas te 'stu sīra-pāṇe hala-musala-dhara rauhiṇeya nīlāmbara rāma revatī-ramaṇa namo 'stu te" (O Lord who holds a plow in Your hand, O Lord who holds a plow and club, O son of Rohiṇī, O Lord dressed in blue garments, O Balarāma, O husband of Revatī, obeisances to You!), one should offer a throne, padya, arghya, bath, madhuparka, incense, lamp, sacred thread, food, garments, ornaments, fragrant flowers, unbroken grains of rice, handsful of flowers, ārati, and other services. Then, chanting the mantra, "oṁ viṣṇave madhusūdanāya vāmanāya trivikramāya śrīdharāya hṛṣīkeśāya padmanābhāya dāmodarāya saṅkarṣaṇāya vāsudevāya pradyumnāyāniruddhāyādhokṣajāya puruṣottamāya śrī-kṛṣṇāya namah. (Oṁ. Obeisances to Lord Viṣṇu, the killer of Madhu, the Lord who is the Vāmana incarnation, the Lord who covered the universe in three steps, the Lord who maintains the goddess of fortune, the master of the senses, the Lord whose navel is a lotus flower, the Lord whose waist was bound by a rope, the Lord who was carried from Devakī's womb, the Lord who is the son of Vasudeva, the Lord who is Pradyumna, the Lord who is Aniruddha, the Lord who is beyond the material senses, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is all-attractive Śrī Kṛṣṇa!) and also the mantra "pāda-gulpha-jānūru-kaṭy-udara-pārśva-pṛṣṭhi-bhuja-kandhara-netra-śirāṁsi pṛthak pṛthak pūjayāmi" (I worship the Lord's feet, ankles, knees, thighs, hips, belly, sides, back, arms, shoulders, eyes, and head.), one should worship all the limbs of Lord Balarāma. Then, chanting the word namah before each one, and putting each word in the dative case, one should worship Lord Balarāma's conchshell (with the mantra śaṅkhāya namah), disc (cakrāya namah), club (gadāyai namah), lotus (padmāya namah), sword (asaye namah), bow (dhanuṣe namah), arrows (bāṇebhyah namah), plow (halāya namah), club (musalāya namah), Kaustubha jewel (kaustubhāya namah), forest garland (vanamālāyai namah), Śrīvatsa mark (śrīvatsāya namah), yellow garments (pītāmbarāya namah), blue garments (nīlāmbarāya namah), flute (vaṁśyai namah), stick (vetrāya namah), chariot marked with the flag of Garuḍa (garuḍāṅka-rathāya namah), chariot marked with the flag of a palm tree (tālāṅka-rathāya namah), and His associates Dāruka (darukāya namah), Sumati (sumataye namah), Kumuda (kumudāya namah), Kumudākṣa (kumudākṣāya namah), and Śrīdāmā (śrīdāmāya namah). Then one should place Viṣvaksena, Vedavyāsa, Durgā, Gaṇeśa, the planets, and the protectors of the directions in their respective places in the lotus and then one should worship them. Then, sprinkling water and offering food cooked in an earthen pot, one should worship the sacred fire. Then, chanting the previously described mūla-mantra (oṁ klīṁ kālindī-bhedanāya saṅkarṣaṇāya svāhā) one should offer 25,000 oblations. Then, chanting the twelve-syllable mantra (oṁ namo bhagavate vāsudevāya), one should offer 8,000 oblations. Then, chanting the catur-vyūha mantra (oṁ namo bhagavate tubhyaṁ vāsudevāya sākṣiṇe, pradyumnāyāniruddhāya namah saṅkarṣaṇāya ca), one should again offer 8,000 oblations. Then one should circumambulate the sacred fire, bow down before the guru, worship him with dakṣiṇā of valuable garments, gold ornaments, copper vessels, cows with their newborn calves, and much gold, worship the brāhmaṇas by offering them food and gifts, feed the people of the city, and bow down before the gurus. Meditating on Lord Balarāma by following this paddhati, one attains perfection in this life and the next. In this way I have described to you Lord Balarāma's confidential paddhati, which gives all perfection. O king, what more do you wish to hear? .pa Chapter Eleven Śrī Balabhadra-stava-rāja The King of Prayers to Lord Balarāma
Text 1

Verse text

duryodhana uvāca
stotraṁ śrī-baladevasya
prāḍvipāka mahā-mune
vada māṁ kṛpayā sākṣāt

Synonyms

duryodhana uvāca — Duryodhana said ; stotram — prayer ; śrī-baladevasya — of Lord Balarāma ; prāḍvipāka — Śrī Prāḍvipāka Muni ; mahā-mune — O great sages ; vada — please tell ; mām — me ; kṛpayā — mercifully ; sākṣāt — directly ; sarva-siddhi-pradāyakam — giving all perfection.

Translation

sarva-siddhi-pradāyakam Duryodhana said: O Prāḍvipāka, O great sage, please kindly tell me the prayer of Lord Balarāma, which grants all perfection.
Text 2

Verse text

śrī-prāḍvipāka uvāca
stava-rājaṁ tu rāmasya
vedavyāsa-kṛtaṁ śubham
sarva-siddhi-pradaṁ rājan
chṛnu kaivalyadaṁ nṛṇām

Synonyms

śrī-prāḍvipāka uvāca — Śrī Prāḍvipāka Muni said ; stava — of prayers ; rājam — the king ; tu — indeed ; rāmasya — of Lord Balarāma ; vedavyāsa-kṛtam — written by Vedavyāsa ; śubham — auspicious ; sarva-siddhi-pradam — giving all perfection ; rājan — O king ; śṛnu — please hear ; kaivalyadam — giving liberation ; nṛṇām — to the living entities.

Translation

Śrī Prāḍvipāka Muni said: O king, please hear the regal and beautiful prayer of Lord Balarāma, a prayer that brings liberation and all perfection.
Text 3

Verse text

devādi-deva bhagavan
kāma-pāla namo 'stu te
namo 'nantāya śeṣāya
sākṣād-rāmāya te namah

Synonyms

devādi-deva — O master of the demigods ; bhagavan — O Supreme Personality of Godhead ; kāma-pāla — O fulfiller of desires ; namah — obeisances ; astu — should be ; te — to You ; namah — obeisances ; anantāya śeṣāya — to Ananta Śeṣa ; sākṣād-rāmāya — who is directly Lord Balarāma ; te — to You ; namah — obeisances.

Translation

O master of the demigods, O Supreme Personality of Godhead, O fulfiller of desires, obeisances to You! O Lord Ananta Śeṣa, obeisances to You! O Lord Balarāma, obeisances to You!
Text 4

Verse text

dharā-dharāya pūrṇāya
sva-dhāmne sīra-pāṇaye
sahasra-śirase nityaṁ
namah saṅkarṣaṇāya te

Synonyms

dharā-dharāya — the maintainer of the earth ; pūrṇāya — perfect and complete ; sva-dhāmne — glorious ; sīra-pāṇaye — plow in hand ; sahasra-śirase — a thousand heads ; nityam — always ; namah — obeisances ; saṅkarṣaṇāyA — to Lord Saṅkarṣaṇa ; te — to You.

Translation

O Lord who maintains the earth, O glorious Lord, O perfect and complete Lord, O Lord who holds a plow in Your hand, O Lord who has a thousand heads, O Lord Saṅkarṣaṇa, eternal obeisances to You!
Text 5

Verse text

revatī-ramaṇa tvaṁ vai
halāyudha pralamba-ghna
pāhi māṁ puruṣottama

Synonyms

revatī-ramaṇa — O husband of Revatī ; tvam — You ; vai — indeed ; baladeva — Balarāma ; acyutāgraja — O elder brother of Lord Kṛṣṇa ; halāyudha — carrying a plow-weapon ; pralamba-ghna — killer of Pralambāsura ; pāhi — please proetct ; mām — me ; puruṣottama — O Supreme Personality of Godhead.

Translation

baladevācyutāgraja O husband of Revatī, O Lord Balarāma, O elder brother of Lord Kṛṣṇa, O Lord who holds a plow-weapon, O killer of Pralambāsura, O Supreme Personality of Godhead, please protect me!
Text 6

Verse text

balāya balabhadrāya
tālāṅkāya namo namah
nīlāmbarāya gaurāya
rauhiṇeyāya te namah

Synonyms

balāya — to Lord Balarāma ; balabhadrāya — to Lord Balarāma ; tālāṅkāya — who carries the palm-tree flag ; namah — obeisances ; namah — obeisances ; nīlāmbarāya — who wears blue garments ; gaurāya — whose complexion is fair ; rauhiṇeyāya — to the son of Rohiṇī ; te — to You ; namah — obeisances.

Translation

O Lord Balarāma, who carries a palm-tree flag, obeisances to You! O son of Rohiṇī, O fair-complexioned Lord dressed in blue garments, obeisances to You!
Text 7

Verse text

dhenukārir muṣṭikārih
kūṭārir balvalāntakah
rukmy-arih kūpakarṇārih
kumbhandāris tvam eva hi

Synonyms

dhenukārih — the enemy of Dhenuka ; muṣṭikārih — the enemy of Muṣṭika ; kūṭārih — the enemy of Kūṭa ; balvalāntakah — the killer of Balvala ; rukmy-arih — the enemy of Rukmi ; kūpakarṇārih — the enemy of Kupakarna ; kumbhandārih — the enemy of Kumbandha ; tvam — You ; eva — indeed ; hi — indeed.

Translation

You are the enemy of Dhenuka, the enemy of Muṣṭika, the enemy of Kūṭa, the killer of Balvala, the enemy of Rukmī, the enemy of Kūpakarṇa, and the enemy of Kumbhanda.
Text 8

Verse text

kālindī-bhedano 'si tvaṁ
dvividārir yādavendro

Synonyms

kālindī — of the Yamunā ; bhedanah — the breaker ; asi — You are ; tvam — You ; hastināpura-karṣakah — the dragger of Hastināpura ; dvividārih — the enemy of Dvivida ; yādavendrah — the king of the Yadavas ; vraja-maṇḍala-maṇḍaṇah — the ornament of the circle of Vraja.

Translation

hastināpura-karṣakah vraja-maṇḍala-maṇḍaṇah You are the Lord who broke the Yamunā and dragged Hastināpura. You are the enemy of Dvivida. You are the king of the Yādavas. You are the ornament of Vraja's circle.
Text 9

Verse text

tīrtha-yātrā-karah prabhuh
duryodhana-guruh sākṣāt
pāhi pāhi prabho tv atah

Synonyms

kaṁsa-bhrātṛ-prahantā — the killer of Kaṁsa's brothers ; asi — You are ; tīrtha-yātrā-karah — a pilgrim ; prabhuh — the master ; duryodhana-guruh — the guru of Duryodhana ; sākṣāt — directly ; pāhi — please protect ; pāhi — please protect ; prabhah — O Lord ; tv — indeed ; atah — then.

Translation

kaṁsa-bhrātṛ-prahantāsi You are the killer of Kaṁsa's brothers. You are the supreme master, the Lord who went on pilgrimage, and Duryodhana's guru. O master, please protect me! Please protect me!
Text 10

Verse text

jaya jayācyuta-deva parāt para svayam ananta-dig-anta-gata-śruta
sura-munīndra-phaṇīndra-carāya te
musaline baline haline namaḥ

Synonyms

jaya — glory ; jaya — glory ; acyuta-deva — O infallible Lord ; parāt — than the greatest ; para — greater ; svayam — directly ; ananta-dig-anta-gata-śruta — whose glories are heard in all directions without limit ; sura-munīndra-phaṇīndra-carāya — worshiped by the demigods, the kings of the sages, and the kings of the serpents ; te — to You ; musaline — holding a club ; baline — powerful ; haline — holding a plow ; namaḥ — obeisances.

Translation

O infallible Lord, greater than the greatest, O Lord whose glories are heard in all directions without limit, glory to You! Glory to You! O Lord served by the demigods, the kings of the sages, and the kings of the serpents, O powerful Lord who holds a plow and a club, obeisances to You!
Text 11

Verse text

yah paṭhet satataṁ stavanaṁ narah
sa tu hareh paramaṁ padam āvrajet
jagati sarva-balaṁ tv ari-mardanaṁ
bhavati tasya dhanaṁ sva-janaṁ dhanam

Synonyms

yah — one who ; paṭhet — recites ; satatam — regulalrly ; stavanam — prayer ; narah — person ; sa — he ; tu — indeed ; hareh — of Lord Hari ; paramam — supreme ; padam — abode ; āvrajet — attains ; jagati — in the universe ; sarva-balam — all strength ; tv — indeed ; ari-mardanam — crushing enemies ; bhavati — is ; tasya — of him ; dhanam — wealth ; sva-janam — kinsmen ; dhanam — wealth.

Translation

A person who regularly recites this prayer attains Lord Hari's transcendental abode. All the strength in the universe is his. He crushes his enemies. He attains great wealth and a great dynasty. .pa Chapter Twelve Śrī Balabhadra-stotra-kavaca The Prayer and Armor of Lord Balarāma
Text 1

Verse text

duryodhana uvāca
gopībhyāṁ kavacaṁ dattaṁ
gargācāryena dhīmatā
sarva-rakṣā-karaṁ divyaṁ
dehi mahyaṁ mahā-mune

Synonyms

duryodhana uvāca — Duryodhana said ; gopībhyām — to the gopīs ; kavacam — the armor ; dattam — given ; gargācāryena — by Garga Muni ; dhīmatā — intelligent ; sarva-rakṣa-karam — giving all protection ; divyam — transcendental ; dehi — please give ; mahyam — to me ; mahā-mune — O great sage.

Translation

Duryodhana said: O great sage, please give me the transcendental Balarāma-kavaca, which wise Garga Muni gave to the gopīs, and which gives all protection.
Text 2

Verse text

śrī-prāḍvipāka uvāca
snātvā jale kṣauma-dharah kuśāsanah
pavitra-pāṇih kṛta-mantra-marjanah
smṛtvātha natvā balam acyutāgrajaṁ
sandhārayed dharma-samāhito bhavet

Synonyms

śrī-prāḍvipāka uvāca — Śrī Prāḍvipāka Muni said ; snātvā — bathing ; jale — in water ; kṣauma-dharah — wearing clean cotton garments ; kuśāsanah — sitting on a kuśa grass mat ; pavitra-pāṇih — clean hands ; kṛta-mantra-marjanah — purified by mantra ; smṛtvā — meditating ; atha — then ; natvā — bowing ; balam — to Lord Balarāma ; acyutāgrajam — the elder brother of Lord Kṛṣṇa ; sandhārayet — should meditate ; dharma-samāhitah — concentrating ; bhavet — should be.

Translation

Śrī Prāḍvipāka Muni said: After bathing and dressing in clean cotton garments, a person should sit on a kuśa-grass mat, purify his hands with mantras, bow down, and with fixed intelligence meditate on Lord Kṛṣṇa's elder brother, Lord Balarāma.
Text 3

Verse text

goloka-dhāmādhipatih pareśvarah
pareṣu māṁ pātu pavitra-kīrtanaḥ
bhū-maṇḍalaṁ sarṣapavad vilakṣyate
yan-mūrdhni māṁ pātu sa bhūmi-maṇḍale

Synonyms

goloka-dhāmādhipatih — the master of the realm of Goloka ; pareśvarah — the supreme controller ; pareṣu — among all controllers ; mām — me ; pātu — may protect ; pavitra — pure ; kīrtanah — glories ; bhū-maṇḍalam — the circle of the earth ; sarṣapavat — like a mustard seed ; vilakṣyate — is characterized ; yan-mūrdhni — on whose head ; mām — me ; pātu — may protect ; sa — he ; bhūmi-maṇḍale — in the circle of the earth.

Translation

May Lord Balarāma, who is the master of Goloka, who is the supreme controller of all controllers, and whose fame is spotless, protect me. May Lord Balarāma, who on His head holds the earth as if it were a single mustard seed, protect me in this world.
Text 4

Verse text

senāsu māṁ rakṣatu sīra-pāṇir
yuddhe sadā rakṣatu māṁ halī ca
durgeṣu cāvyān musalī sadā māṁ
vaneṣu saṅkarṣaṇa ādi-devah

Synonyms

senāsu — among armies ; mām — me ; rakṣatu — may protect ; sīra-pāṇih — who holds a plow in His hand ; yuddhe — in battle ; sadā — always ; rakṣatu — may protect ; mām — me ; halī — holding a plow ; ca — and ; durgeṣu — in fortresses ; ca — and ; avyāt — may protect ; musalī — holding a club ; sadā — always ; mām — me ; vaneṣu — in forests ; saṅkarṣaṇa — Lord Balarāma ; ādi-devah — the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

Translation

May Lord Balarāma protect me when I am surrounded by many armies. May Lord Balarāma, who holds a plow, always protect me in battle. May Lord Balarāma, who holds a club, always protect me in many fortresses. May Lord Balarāma, the Supreme Personality of Godhead protect me in the forest.
Text 5

Verse text

kalindajā-vega-haro jaleṣu
nīlāmbaro rakṣatu māṁ sadāgnau
vāyau ca rāmo 'vatu khe balaś ca
mahārṇave 'nanta-vapuh sadā mām

Synonyms

kalindajā — of the Yamunā ; vega — the power ; harah — removing ; jaleṣu — in water ; nīlāmbarah — dressed in blue garments ; rakṣatu — may protect ; mām — me ; sadā — always ; agnau — in fire ; vāyau — in wind ; ca — and ; rāmah — Lord Balarāma ; avatu — may protect ; khe — in the sky ; balah — Lord Balarāma ; ca — and ; mahārṇave — in the great ocean ; ananta-vapuh — whose form has no end ; sadā — always ; mām — me.

Translation

May Lord Balarāma, who wears blue garments and who stopped the Yamunā, always protect me in fire. May Lord Balarāma protect me in the wind. May Lord Balarāma protect me in the sky. May Lord Balarāma, who is Lord Ananta Himself, always protect me in the great ocean.
Text 6

Verse text

śrī-vāsudevo 'vatu parvateṣu
sahasra-śīrṣā ca mahā-vivāde
rogeṣu māṁ rakṣatu rauhiṇeyo
māṁ kāma-pālo 'vatu va vipatsu

Synonyms

śrī-vāsudevah — the son of Vasudeva ; avatu — may protect ; parvateṣu — in the mountains ; sahasra-śīrṣā — who has a thousand heads ; ca — and ; mahā-vivāde — in great disputes ; rogeṣu — in diseases ; mām — me ; rakṣatu — may protect ; rauhiṇeyah — the son of Rohiṇī ; mām — me ; kāma-pālah — the fulfiller of desires ; avatu — may protect ; vā — or ; vipatsu — in calamities.

Translation

May Lord Balarāma, who is Vasudeva's son, protect me on mountains. May Lord Balarāma, who has a thousand heads, protect me in great disputes. May Lord Balarāma, who is Rohiṇī's son, protect me from diseases. May Lord Balarāma, who fulfills desires, protect me from catastrophes.
Text 7

Verse text

kāmāt sadā rakṣatu dhenukārih
krodhāt sadā māṁ dvivida-prahārī
lobhāt sadā rakṣatu balvalārir
mohāt sadā māṁ kila māgadhārih

Synonyms

kāmāt — from lust ; sadā — always ; rakṣatu — may protect ; dhenukārih — the enemy of Dhenuka ; krodhāt — from anger ; sadā — always ; mām — me ; dvivida-prahārī — the killer of Dvivida ; lobhāt — from greed ; sadā — always ; rakṣatu — may protect ; balvalārih — the enemy of Balvala ; mohāt — from illusion ; sadā — always ; mām — me ; kila — indeed ; māgadhārih — the enemy of Jarāsandha.

Translation

May Lord Balarāma, who is the enemy of Dhenukāsura, always protect me from lust. May Lord Balarāma, who killed Dvivida, always protect me from anger. May Lord Balarāma, who is the enemy of Balvala, always protect me from greed. May Lord Balarāma, who is the enemy of Jarāsandha, always protect me from illusion.
Text 8

Verse text

prātah sadā rakṣatu vṛṣṇi-dhuryah
prāhne sadā māṁ mathurā-purendrah
madhyandine gopa-sakhah prapātu
svarāt parāhne 'vatu māṁ sadaiva

Synonyms

prātah — at sunrise ; sadā — always ; rakṣatu — may protect ; vṛṣṇi-dhuryah — the greatst of the Vṛṣṇis ; prāhne — in the morning ; sadā — always ; mām — me ; mathurā-purendrah — the king of Mathurā City ; madhyandine — at noon ; gopa-sakhah — the friend of the gopas ; prapātu — may protect ; svarāṭ — independent ; parāhne — in the afternoon ; avatu — may protect ; mām — me ; sadā — always ; eva — indeed.

Translation

May Lord Balarāma, who is the best of the Vṛṣṇis, always protect me at sunrise. May Lord Balarāma, who is the king of Mathurā City, always protect me in the morning. May Lord Balarāma, who is the friend of the gopas, always protect me at midday. May Lord Balarāma, who is supremely independent, always protect me in the afternoon.
Text 9

Verse text

sāyaṁ phaṇīndro 'vatu māṁ sadaiva
parāt paro rakṣatu māṁ pradoṣe
pūrṇe niśīthe ca duranta-vīryah
pratyūṣa-kāle 'vatu māṁ sadaiva

Synonyms

sāyam — at sunset ; phaṇīndrah — the king of serpents ; avatu — may protect ; mām — me ; sadā — always ; eva — indeed ; parāt — than the greatest ; parah — greater ; rakṣatu — may protect ; mām — me ; pradoṣe — in the evening ; pūrṇe — full ; niśīthe — in the middle of the night ; ca — and ; duranta-vīryah — whose power is invicible ; pratyūṣa-kāle — at the next sunrise ; avatu — may protect ; mām — me ; sadā — always ; eva — indeed.

Translation

May Lord Balarāma, who is the king of serpents, always protect me at sunset. May Lord Balarāma, who is greater than the greatest, always protect me in the evening. May Lord Balarāma, whose power is invicible, always protect me in the middle of the night. May Lord Balarāma always protect me at every sunrise.
Text 10

Verse text

vidikṣu māṁ rakṣatu revatī-patir
dīkṣu pralambārir adho yadūdvahah
ūrdhvaṁ sadā māṁ balabhadra ārāt
tathā samantād baladeva eva hi

Synonyms

vidikṣu — in the directions ; mām — me ; rakṣatu — may protect ; revatī-patih — the husband of Revatī ; dīkṣu — in the directions ; pralambārih — the enemy of Pralamba ; adhah — below ; yadūdvahah — the best of the Yādavas ; ūrdhvam — above ; sadā — alwys ; mām — me ; balabhadra — Balarāma ; ārāt — near and far ; tathā — so ; samantāt — everywhere ; baladeva — Lord Balarāma ; eva — indeed ; hi — indeed.

Translation

May Lord Balarāma, who is the master of Revatī, protect me from every direction. May Lord Balarāma, who is the enemy of Pralamba, protect me from every direction. May Lord Balarāma, who is the best of the Yādavas, protect me from below. May Lord Balarāma always protect me from above. May Lord Balarāma protect me from near and far. May Lord Balarāma protect me everywhere.
Text 11

Verse text

antah sadāvyāt puruṣottamo bahir
nāgendra-līlo 'vatu māṁ mahā-balah
sadāntarātmā ca vasan harih svayaṁ
prapātu pūrṇah parameśvaro mahān

Synonyms

antah — within ; sadā — always ; avyāt — may protect ; puruṣottamah — the Supreme Personality of Godhead ; bahih — without ; nāgendra-līlah — who enjoys pastimes as the king of serpents ; avatu — may protect ; mām — me ; mahā-balah — very powerful ; sadā — always ; antarātmā — within the heart ; ca — and ; vasan — residing ; harih — Lord Hari ; svayam — personally ; prapātu — may protect ; pūrṇah — perfect and complete ; parameśvarah — the supreme controller ; mahān — great.

Translation

May Lord Balarāma, who is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, always protect me from within. May powerful Lord Balarāma, who enjoys pastimes as the king of serpents, protect me from without. May Lord Balarāma, who is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the Supersoul residing in everyone's heart, always protect me.
Text 12

Verse text

devāsurāṇāṁ bhaya-nāśanaṁ ca
hutāśanaṁ pāpa-cayendhanānām
vināśanaṁ vighna-ghatasya viddhi
siddhāsanaṁ varma-varaṁ balasya

Synonyms

devāsurāṇām — of the demigods and demons ; bhaya — of fear ; nāśanam — the destruction ; ca — and ; hutāśanam — the fire ; pāpa-cayendhanānām — of the fuel of a host sins ; vināśanam — destruction ; vighna-ghatasya — of a host of obstacles ; viddhi — please know ; siddhāsanam — the abode of perfection ; varma-varam — the best of armors ; balasya — of Lord Balarāma.

Translation

Please know that this kavaca of Lord Balarāma is the best of armors. It destroys the fears of the demigods and demons. It is a blazing fire that burns up the fuel of a host of sins. It is the death of a host of obstacles. It is the abode of spiritual perfection. .pa Chapter Thirteen Śrī Balabhadra-sahasra-nāma A Thousand Names of Lord Balarāma
Text 1

Verse text

duryodhana uvāca
balabhadrasya devasya
prāḍvipāka mahā-mune
nāmnāṁ sahasraṁ me brūhi
guhyaṁ deva-gaṇair api

Synonyms

duryodhana uvāca — Duryodhana said ; balabhadrasya — of Lord Balarāma ; devasya — Lord ; prāḍvipāka — O Pradvipaka ; mahā — great ; mune — sage ; nāmnām — of the names ; sahasram — thousand ; me — to me ; brūhi — please tell ; guhyam — secret ; deva-gaṇaih — by the demigods ; api — even.

Translation

Duryodhana said: O great sage Prāḍvipāka, please tell me the thousand names of Lord Balarāma, names kept secret from even the demigods.
Text 2

Verse text

śrī-prāḍvipāka uvāca
sādhu sādhu mahā-rāja
sādhu te vimalaṁ yaśah
yat pṛcchase param idaṁ
gargoktaṁ deva-durlabham

Synonyms

śrī-prāḍvipāka uvāca — Śrī Pradvipaka said ; sādhu — good ; sādhu — good ; mahā-rāja — O king ; sādhu — good ; te — of you ; vimalam — pure ; yaśah — fame ; yat — what ; pṛcchase — you ask ; param — great ; idam — this ; gargoktam — spoken by Garga Muni ; deva — to the demigods ; durlabham — rare.

Translation

Śrī Prāḍvipāka said: Well done! Well done! Well done! O king, your fame is spotless. Your question has been answered by Garga Muni in words rarely heard by even the demigods.
Text 3

Verse text

nāmnāṁ saharsaṁ divyānāṁ
vakṣyāmi tava cāgratah
gargācāryeṇa gopībhyo
dattaṁ kṛṣṇā-taṭe śubhe

Synonyms

nāmnām — of names ; saharsam — thousand ; divyānām — divine ; vakṣyāmi — I will tell ; tava — to you ; ca — and ; agratah — in the presence ; gargācāryeṇa — by Garga Muni ; gopībhyah — to the gopīs ; dattam — given ; kṛṣṇā-taṭe — on the shore of the Yamunā ; śubhe — beautiful.

Translation

I will tell you Lord Balarāma's thousand transcendental names, names that Garga Muni gave to the gopīs on the beautiful bank of the Yamunā.
Text 4

Synonyms

om — Oṁ ; asya — of Him ; śrī-balabhadra-sahasra-nāma-stotra-mantrasya — of the mantra-prayer of thethousand names of Lord Balarāma ; gargācārya — Garga Muni ; ṛṣih — the sage ; anuṣṭup — Anuṣṭup ; chandah — the meter ; saṅkarṣaṇah — Balarāma ; paramātmā — the Supreme Personality of Godhead ; devatā — the Deity ; balabhadra — balabhadra ; iti — thus ; bījam — the bīja ; revatī — Revatī ; iti — thus ; śaktih — the potency ; anantah — Ananta ; iti — thus ; kīlakam — the kīlaka ; balabhadra-prīty-arthe — for the satisfaction of Lord Balarāma ; jape — in chanting ; viniyogah — stablished.

Translation

oṁ asya śrī-balabhadra-sahasra-nāma-stotra-mantrasya gargācārya ṛṣih anuṣṭup chandah saṅkarṣaṇah paramātmā devatā balabhadra iti bījaṁ revatīti śaktih ananta iti kīlakaṁ balabhadra-prīty-arthe jape viniyogah. Oṁ. Of the mantra-prayer of the thousand names of Lord Balarāma the sage is Garga Muni, the meter is anuṣṭup, the Deity is Lord Balarāma, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the bīja is Balabhadra, the śakti is Revatī, the kīlaka is Ananta, and the purpose of chanting the names is the pleasure of Lord Balarāma.
Text 4 (b)

Verse text

atha dhyānam
sphurad-amala-kirīṭaṁ kiṅkiṇī-kaṅkaṇārhaṁ
calad-alaka-kapolaṁ kuṇḍala-śrī-mukhābjam
tuhina-giri-manojṣaṁ nīla-meghāmbarāḍhyaṁ
hala-musala-viśālaṁ kāma-pālaṁ samīḍe

Synonyms

atha — now ; dhyānam — the meditation ; sphurad-amala-kirīṭam — a splendid crown ; kiṅkiṇī-kaṅkaṇārham — with bracelets and tinkling ornaments ; calad-alaka-kapolam — with locks of hair moving on His cheeks ; kuṇḍala-śrī-mukhābjam — His lotus face decorated with earrings ; tuhina-giri-manojnam — charming like a mountain of ice and snow ; nīla-meghāmbarāḍhyam — dressed in garmants like dark clouds ; hala-musala-viśālam — holding a great plow and club ; kāma-pālam — fulfilling desires ; samīḍe — I praise.

Translation

Meditation I glorify Lord Balarāma, decorated with a glittering crown, bracelets, tinkling ornaments, moving locks of hair on His cheeks, splendid earrings on His handsome lotus face, and garments dark like monsoon clouds, holding a great club and plow, fulfilling all desires, and handsome like a mountain of ice and snow.
Text 5

Verse text

oṁ balabhadro rāmabhadro
rāmah saṅkarṣaṇo 'cyutah
revatī-ramaṇo devah
kāma-pālo halāyudhah

Translation

Oṁ. Lord Balarāma is supremely powerful and happy (balabhadra), the supreme enjoyer (rāmabhadra and (rāma), all-attractive (saṅkarṣaṇa), infallible (acyuta), the lover of Revatī (revatī-ramaṇa), the splendid Supreme Personality of Godhead (deva), the Lord who fulfills desires (kāma-pāla), and He who carries a plow-weapon (halāyudha).
Text 6

Verse text

nīlāmbarah śveta-varṇo
baladevo 'cyutāgrajah
pralambaghno mahā-vīro
rauhiṇeyah pratāpavān

Translation

He is dressed in blue garments (nīlāmbara), fair-complexioned (śveta-varṇa), splendid and powerful (baladeva), the elder brother of the infallible Supreme Personality of Godhead (acyutāgraja), the killer of Pralamba (pralambaghna), a great hero (mahā-vīra), the son of Rohiṇī (rauhiṇeya), and very powerful (pratāpavān).
Text 7

Verse text

tālāṅko musalī halī
harir yadu-varo balī
sīra-pāṇih padma-pāṇir
laguḍī venu-vādanah

Translation

He bears the insignia of a palm tree (tālāṅka), holds a club (musalī), holds a plow (halī), takes away all that is inauspicious (hari), is the best of the Yadus (yadu-vara), is powerful (balī), holds a plow in His hand (sīra-pāṇi), has lotus hands (padma-pāṇi), holds a club (laguḍī), and plays the flute (venu-vādana).
Text 8

Verse text

kālindī-bhedano vīro
balah prabalah ūrdhvagah
sahasra-vadanah svarāṭ

Translation

vāsudeva-kalānantah He divided the Yamunā (kālindī-bhedana). He is a heroic (vīra), powerful (bala, and prabala), exalted (ūrdhvaga), a plenary expansion of Lord Kṛṣṇa (vāsudeva-kalā), and limitless (ananta), has a thousand heads (sahasra-vadana), and is independent (svarāṭ).
Text 9

Verse text

vasur vasumatī-bhartā
vāsudevo vasūttamah
yadūttamo yādavendro
mādhavo vṛṣṇi-vallabhah

Translation

He is opulent (vasu), the goddess of fortune's husband (vasumatī-bhartā), the son of Vasudeva (vāsudeva), the best of the Vasus (vasūttama), the best of the Yādavas (yadūttama), the king of the Yādavas (yādavendra), the goddess of fortune's husband (mādhava), and dear to the Vṛṣṇis (vṛṣṇi-vallabha).
Text 10

Verse text

dvārakeśo māthureśo
dānī mānī mahā-manāh
pūrṇah purāṇah puruṣah
pareśah parameśvarah

Translation

He is the king of Dvārakā (dvārakeśa), the king of Mathurā (māthureśa), generous (dānī), noble (mānī), noble-hearted (mahā-manā), perfect (pūrṇa), the ancient Supreme Personality of Godhead (purāṇa), the Supreme Person (puruṣa), the Supreme Master (pareśa), and the Supreme Controller (parameśvara).
Text 11

Verse text

paripūrṇatamah sākṣāt
paramah puruṣottamah
anantah śāśvatah śeṣo
bhagavān prakṛteh parah

Translation

He is the perfect Supreme Personality of Godhead (paripūrṇatama), the Supreme Personality of Godhead directly (sākṣāt-parama), the Supreme Person (puruṣottama), limitless (ananta), eternal (śāśvata), Lord Śeṣa (śeṣa), the supremely opulent Lord (bhagavān), and beyond the world of matter (prakṛteh para).
Text 12

Verse text

jīvātmā paramātmā ca
hy antarātmā dhruvo 'vyayah
catur-vyūhaś catur-vedaś
catur-mūrtiś catuṣ-padah

Translation

He is the father of all living entities (jīvātmā), the Supersoul present in everyone's heart (paramātmā and antarātmā), eternal (dhruva), imperishable (avyaya), the origin of the catur-vyūha expansions (catur-vyūha), the author of the four Vedas (catur-veda), the origin of the catur-vyūha (catur-mūrti), and the master of the four worlds (catuṣ-pada).
Text 13

Verse text

pradhānaṁ prakṛtih sākṣī
saṅghātah saṅghavān sakhī
mahā-manā buddhi-sakhaś
ceto 'haṅkāra āvṛtah

Translation

He is pradhāna (pradhāna), prakṛti (prakṛti), the witness (sākṣī), accompanied by His associates (saṅghāta, saṅghavān, and sakhī), noble-hearted (mahā-manā), and the best counselor (buddhi-sakha). He is consciousness (ceta), and ego (ahaṅkāra). He is accompanied by His associates (āvṛta).
Text 14

Verse text

indriyeśo devatātmā
jṣānaṁ karma ca śarma ca
advitīyo dvitīyaś ca
nirākāro nirañjanah

Translation

He is the master of the senses (indriyeśa), the Supreme Personality of Godhead (devatā), the Supersoul (ātmā), knowledge (jṣāna), action (karma), auspiciousness (śarma), one without a second (advitīya), different from the individual living entities (dvitīya), a person whose form is not material (nirākāra), and not touched by matter (nirañjana).
Text 15

Verse text

virāṭ samrāṭ mahaughaś ca
dhārah sthāsnuś cariṣṇumān
phaṇīndrah phaṇi-rājaś ca

Translation

sahasra-phaṇa-maṇḍitah He is the entire universe (virāṭ), the supreme monarch (samrāṭ), a great flood (mahaugha), the maintainer of all (dhāra), unmoving (sthāsnu), going everywhere (cariṣṇumān), the king of serpents (phaṇīndra, and phaṇi-rāja), and the serpent with a thousand hoods (sahasra-phaṇa-maṇḍita).
Text 16

Verse text

phaṇīśvarah phaṇī sphūrtih
phutkārī citkarah prabhuh
maṇi-hāro maṇi-dharo
vitalī sutalī talī

Translation

He is the king of serpents (phaṇīśvara, and phaṇī), the Supreme Personality of Godhead who has appeared in the material world (sphūrti), a hissing serpent (phutkārī, and citkara), the supreme master (prabhu), and decorated with a jewel necklace (maṇi-hāra, and maṇi-dhara). He resides in Vitalaloka (vitalī), Sutalaloka (sutalī), and Talaloka (talī).
Text 17

Verse text

atalī sutaleśaś ca
pātālaś ca talātalah
rasātalo bhogitalah
sphurad-danto mahātalah

Translation

He resides in Atalaloka (atalī), and is the king of Sutalaloka (sutaleśa). He resides in Pātālaloka (pātāla), Talātalaloka (talātala), and Rasātalaloka (rasātala). He has great hoods (bhogitala), and glittering fangs (sphurad-danta). He resides on Mahātalaloka (mahātala).
Text 18

Verse text

vāsukih śaṅkhacūḍābho
devadatto dhanañjayah
kambalāśvo vegataro
dhṛtarāṣṭo mahā-bhujah

Translation

He is Vāsuki (vāsuki). He is splendid like a conch-jewel (śaṅkhacūḍābha), is the benefactor of the demigods (devadatta), and is the winner of wealth (dhanañjaya). He is Kambalāśva (kambalāśva). He is the fastest (vegatara), the king (dhṛtarāṣṭa), and the hero of mighty arms (mahā-bhuja).
Text 19

Verse text

padmākṣah padma-mālī ca
vanamālī madhuśravāh

Translation

vāruṇī-mada-mattāṅgo mada-ghūrṇita-locanah He is intoxicated by drinking vāruṇī (vāruṇī-mada-mattāṅga), His eyes roll in intoxication (mada-ghūrṇita-locana), His eyes are lotus flowers (padmākṣa), He wears a lotus garland (padma-mālī), and a forest garland (vanamālī), and His fame is sweet (madhuśravā).
Text 20

Verse text

nūpurī kaṭisūtrī ca
kaṭakī kanakāṅgadī

Translation

koṭi-kandarpa-lāvaṇyo nāga-kanyā-samārcitah He is more handsome than millions of Kāmadevas (koṭi-kandarpa-lāvaṇya), and He is worshiped by the nāga-kanyās (nāga-kanyā-samārcita). He wears tinkling anklets (nūpurī), a belt (kaṭisūtrī), golden bracelets (kaṭakī), and golden armlets (kanakāṅgadī).
Text 21

Verse text

mukuṭī kuṇḍalī daṇḍī
śikhaṇḍī khaṇḍa-maṇḍalī
kalih kali-priyah kālo

Translation

nivāta-kavaceśvarah He wears a crown (mukuṭī) and earrings (kuṇḍalī). He carries a staff (daṇḍī). He wears a peacock featHer (śikhaṇḍī), and a khaṇḍa-maṇḍala (khaṇḍa-maṇḍalī). He likes to fight (kali and kali-priya), He is time (kāla), and He is fitted with armor (nivāta-kavaceśvara).
Text 22

Verse text

saṁhāra-kṛd rudra-vapuh
kālāgnih pralayo layah
mahāhih pāṇinih śāstra-
bhāṣyā-kārah patañjalih

Translation

He destroys the universe (saṁhāra-kṛt). He is the forms of the Rudras (rudra-vapu), the fire of time (kālāgni), the destruction of the universe (pralaya and laya), a great serpent (mahāhi), Pāṇini (pāṇini), the author of commentaries (śāstra-bhāṣyā-kāra), and Patañjali (patañjali).
Text 23

Verse text

kātyāyanah pakvimābhah
sphoṭāyana uraṅgamah
vaikuṇṭho yājṣiko yajṣo
vāmano hariṇo harih

Translation

He is Kātyāyana (kātyāyana), and He is glorious (pakvimābhah and sphoṭāyana). He is the serpent Ananta (uraṅgama). He is the master of the spiritual world (vaikuṇṭha), the performer of yajṣas (yājṣika) yajṣa itself (yajṣa), Vāmana (vāmana), fair-compexioned (hariṇa), and Lord Hari (hari).
Text 24

Verse text

kṛṣṇo viṣṇur mahā-viṣṇuh
prabhaviṣṇur viśeṣa-vit
haṁso yogeśvaro kūrmo
varāho nārado munih

Translation

He is Kṛṣṇa (kṛṣṇa), Viṣṇu (viṣṇu), Mahā-viṣṇu (mahā-viṣṇu), all-powerful (prabhaviṣṇu), all-knowing (viśeṣa-vit), like a swan (haṁsa), the master of yoga (yogeśvara), Kūrma (kūrma), Varāha (varāha), Nārada (nārada), and a great sage (muni).
Text 25

Verse text

sanakah kapilo matsyah
kamaṭho deva-maṅgalaḥ
dattātreyah pṛthur vṛddha
ṛṣabho bhārgavottamah

Translation

He is Sanaka (sanaka), Kapila (kapila), Matsya (matsya and kamaṭha), the auspiciousness of the demigods (deva-maṅgala), Dattātreya (dattātreya), Pṛthu (pṛthu), Vṛddha (vṛddha), Ṛṣabha (ṛṣabha), and the best of the Bhṛgu dynasty (bhārgavottama).
Text 26

Verse text

dhanvantarir nṛsiṁhaś ca
kalkir nārāyaṇo narah
rāmacandro rāghavendrah
kośalendro raghūdvahah

Translation

He is Dhanvantari (dhanvantari), Nṛsiṁha (nṛsiṁha), Kalki (kalki), Nārāyaṇa (nārāyaṇa), Nara (nara), and Rāmacandra (rāmacandra, rāghavendra, kośalendra, and raghūdvaha).
Text 27

Verse text

kākutsthah karuṇā-sindhu
rājendrah sarva-lakṣaṇah
śūro dāśarathis trātā

Translation

kauśalyānanda-vardhanah He is the most exalted (kākutstha), and ocean of mercy (karuṇā-sindhu), the king of kings (rājendra), all glorious (sarva-lakṣaṇa), heroic (śūra), the son od Daśaratha (dāśarathi), the great protector (trātā), and the bliss of Kauśalyā (kauśalyānanda-vardhana).
Text 28

Verse text

saumitrir bharato dhanvī
śatrughnah śatru-tāpanah
niṣāṅgī kavacī khaḍgī
śarī jyāhata-koṣṭhakah

Translation

He is the son of Sumitrā (saumitri), Bharata (bharata), a great bowman (dhanvī), Śatrughna (śatrughna and śatru-tāpana), a great bowman (niṣāṅgī), a warrior wearing armor (kavacī), a warrior carrying a sword (khaḍgī), and a great bowman (śarī and jyāhata-koṣṭhaka).
Text 29

Verse text

yajṣa-trātā yajṣa-bhartā

Translation

baddha-godhāṅguli-trāṇah śambhu-kodaṇḍa-bhañjanah mārīca-vadha-kārakah He wears the shoulder and finger armor of a bowman (baddha-godhāṅguli-traṇa). He broke Lord Śiva's bow (śambhu-kodaṇḍa-bhañjana). He protected the yajṣa (yajṣa-trātā and yajṣa-bhartā). He killed Marīca (mārīca-vadha-kāraka).
Text 30

Verse text

asurāris tāṭakārir
pitṛ-vākya-karo harṣī
virādhārir vanecarah

Translation

vibhīṣaṇa-sahāya-kṛt He is the enemy of the demons (asurāri), the enemy of Tāṭaka (tāṭakāri), the ally of Vibhīṣaṇa (vibhīṣaṇa-sahāya-kṛt), a son who followed His father's order (pitṛ-vākya-kara), (harṣī), happy (virādhāri), and the Lord who wandered in the forest (vanecara).
Text 31

Verse text

munir muni-priyaś citra-
kabandhahā daṇḍakeśo
rāmo rājiva-locanah

Translation

kutarāṇya-nivāsa-kṛt He is a sage (muni), dear to the sages (muni-priya), a resident of Citrakūṭa forest (citrakūṭarāṇya-nivāsa-kṛt), the killer of Kabandha (kabandhahā), the master of Daṇḍaka forest (daṇḍakeśa), Lord Rāma (rāma), and lotus-eyed (rājiva-locana).
Text 32

Verse text

netā pañcavatī-patih
sugrīvah sugrīva-sakho

Translation

mataṅga-vana-sañcārī hanumat-prīta-mānasah He wandered in Mataṅga forest (mataṅga-vana-sañcārī). He is supreme leader (netā). He is the master of Pañcavatī forest (pañcavatī-pati). He has a graceful neck (sugrīva), and is the friend of Sugrīva (sugrīva-sakha). In His heart He loves Hanumān (hanumat-prīta-mānasa).
Text 33

Verse text

setubandho rāvaṇārir
rāvaṇyārih puṣpakastho

Translation

laṅkā-dahana-tat-parah jānakī-virahāturah He built the bridge at Setubandha (setubandha), is the enemy of Rāvaṇa (rāvaṇāri), burned Laṅkā to the ground (laṅkā-dahana-tat-para), is the enemy of Rāvaṇa (rāvaṇyāri), traveled in a flower-chariot (puṣpakastha), and was distressed in separation from Sītā (jānakī-virahātura).
Text 34

Verse text

ayodhyādhipatih śrīmal
lavaṇārih surārcitah
sūrya-vaṁśī candra-vaṁśī

Translation

vaṁśī-vādya-viśāradah He was the king of Ayodhyā (ayodhyādhipati), handsome and glorious (śrīmal), the enemy of Lavaṇāsura (lavaṇāri), worshiped by the devas (surārcita), born in the Sūrya dynasty (sūrya-vaṁśī), born in the Candra dynasty (candra-vaṁśī), and expert at playful the flute (vaṁśī-vādya-viśārada).
Text 35

Verse text

gopatir gopa-vṛndeśo
gopo gopīśatāvṛtaḥ
gokuleśo gopa-putro
gopālo go-gaṇāśrayaḥ

Translation

He is the master of the surabhi cows (gopati), the master of the gopas (gopa-vṛndeśa), a gopa (gopa), surrounded by hundred of gopīs (gopīśatāvṛta), the master of Gokula (gokuleśa), the son of a gopa (gopa-putra), the protector of the cows (gopāla), and the shelter of the cows (go-gaṇāśraya).
Text 36

Verse text

pūtanārir bakāriś ca
aghārir dhenukāriś ca
pralambārir vrajeśvarah

Translation

tṛṇāvarta-nipātakah He is the enemy of Pūtanā (pūtanāri), the enemy of Baka (bakāri), the killer of Tṛṇāvarta (tṛṇāvarta-nipātaka), the enemy of Aghāsura (aghāri), the enemy of Dhenuka (dhenukāri), the enemy of Pralamba (pralambāri), and the king of Vraja (vrajeśvara).
Text 37

Verse text

ariṣṭa-hā keśi-śatrur
agni-pāno dugdha-pāno

Translation

vyomāsura-vināśa-kṛt vṛndāvana-latāśritah He is the killer of Ariṣṭa (ariṣṭa-hā), the enemy of Keśī (keśi-śatru), the killer of Vyomāsura (vyomāsura-vināśa-kṛt), the swallower of a forest-fire (agni-pāna), a child who drinks milk (dugdha-pāna), and a boy who stays among the flowering vines of Vṛndāvana forest (vṛndāvana-latāśrita).
Text 38

Verse text

yaśomati-suto bhavyo
rohinī-lalitah śiśuh

Translation

rāsa-maṇḍala-madhya-stho rāsa-maṇḍala-maṇḍaṇah He is the son of Yaśodā (yaśomati-suta), glorious, charming, handsome, and auspicious (bhavya), a child who plays with Rohiṇī (rohinī-lalita), a child (śiśu), the dancer in the middle of the rāsa-dance circle (rāsa-maṇḍala-madhya-stha), and the ornament of the rāsa-dance circle (rāsa-maṇḍala-maṇḍaṇa).
Text 39

Verse text

śakra-jid vraja-rakṣakah

Translation

gopikā-śata-yūthārthī śaṅkhacūḍa-vadhodyatah govardhana-samuddhartā He yearns to enjoy pastimes with hundreds of gopīs (gopikā-śata-yūthārthī). He is the killer of Śaṅkhacūḍa (śaṅkhacūḍa-vadhodyata), the lifter of Givardhana Hill (govardhana-samuddhartā), the warrior who defeated Indra (śakra-jid), and the protector of Vraja (vraja-rakṣaka).
Text 40

Verse text

vṛṣabhānu-varo nanda
ānando nanda-vardhanah
nanda-rāja-sutah śrīśah
kaṁsārih kāliyāntakah

Translation

He is the groom King Vṛṣabhānu chose for his daughter (vṛṣabhānu-vara). He is bliss personified (nanda and ānanda), delightful (nanda-vardhana), the son of King Nanda (nanda-rāja-suta), the master of the goddess of fortune (śrīśa), the enemy of Kaṁsa (kaṁsāri), and the subduer of Kāliya (kāliyāntaka).
Text 41

Verse text

rajakārir muṣṭikārih
cānurārih kūṭa-hantā
śalāris tośalāntakah

Translation

kaṁsa-kodaṇḍa-bhañjanah He is the enemy of a washerman (rajakāri), the enemy of Muṣṭika (muṣṭikāri), the breaker of Kaṁsa's bow (kaṁsa-kodaṇḍa-bhañjana), the enemy of Cāṇūra (cāṇūrāri), the killer of Kūṭa (kūṭa-hantā), the enemy of Śāla (śalāri), and the killer of Tośala (tośalāntaka).
Text 42

Verse text

kaṁsa-bhratṛ-nihantā ca
gaja-hantā kaṁsa-hantā
kāla-hantā kalaṅka-hā

Translation

malla-yuddha-pravārtakah He is the killer of Kaṁsa's brothers (kaṁsa-bhratṛ-nihantā), an expert wrestler (malla-yuddha-pravārtaka), the killer of an elephant (gaja-hantā), the killer of Kaṁsa (kaṁsa-hantā), the killer of Kāla (kāla-hantā), and the killer of Kalaṅka (kalaṅka-hā).
Text 43

Verse text

māgadhārir yavana-hā
catur-bhujah śyāmalāṅgah
saumyaś caupagavi-priyah

Translation

pāṇḍu-putra-sahāya-kṛt He is the enemy of Jarāsandha (māgadhāri), the killer of Kālayavana (yavana-hā), the ally of the Pāṇḍavas (pāṇḍu-putra-sahāya-kṛt), four-armed Lord Nārāyaṇa (catur-bhuja), dark-complexioned Lord Kṛṣṇa (śyāmalāṅga), gentle (saumya), and dear to Aupagavi (aupagavi-priya).
Text 44

Verse text

yuddha-bhṛd uddhava-sakhā
mantrī mantra-viśāradah
vīra-hā vīra-mathanah

Translation

śaṅkha-cakra-gadā-dharah He is a warrior (yuddha-bhṛd), the friend of Uddhava (uddhava-sakhā), a counselor (mantrī), expert at giving counsel (mantra-viśārada), a killer of great warriors (vīra-hā and vīra-mathana), and the holder of a conch, disc, and club (śaṅkha-cakra-gadā-dhara).
Text 45

Verse text

revatī-citta-hartā ca
revatī-prāṇa-nāthaś ca

Translation

raivatī-harṣa-vardhanah revatī-priya-kārakah He charmed Revatī's heart (revatī-citta-hartā), delighted Revatī (raivatī-harṣa-vardhana), is the Lord of Revatī's life (revatī-prāṇa-nātha), and is the delight of Revatī (revatī-priya-kāraka).
Text 46

Verse text

jyotir jyotiṣmatī-bhartā
dhṛta-nātho dhanādhyakṣo
dānādhyakṣo dhaneśvarah

Translation

revatādri-vihāra-kṛt He is splendor (jyoti), the master of Jyotiṣmatī (jyotiṣmatī-bhartā), the enjoyer of pastimes on Mount Revata (revatādri-vihāra-kṛt), the master of patience and tolerance (dhṛta-nātha), the final judge (dhanādhyakṣa), (dānādhyakṣa), and the master of wealth (dhaneśvara).
Text 47

Verse text

mānado bhakta-vatsalah
duryodhana-gurur gurvī
gadā-śikṣā-karah kṣamī

Translation

maithilārcita-pādabjo His lotus feet were worshiped by the people of Mithilā (maithilārcita-pādabja), He gives honor to others (mānada), He loves His devotees (bhakta-vatsala), He is the guru of Duryodhana (duryodhana-guru), He is devoted to His guru (gurvī), He taught the art of fighting with a club (gadā-śikṣā-kara), and He is tolerant and forgiving (kṣamī).
Text 48

Verse text

murārir madano mando
'niruddho dhanvināṁ varah
kalpa-vṛkṣah kalpa-vṛkṣī

Translation

kalpa-vṛkṣa-vana-prabhuh He is the enemy of Mura (murāri), handsome like Kāmadeva (madana), gentle (manda), invincible (aniruddha), the best of bowmen (dhanvināṁ vara), a kalpa-vṛkṣa tree (kalpa-vṛkṣa and kalpa-vṛkṣī), and the master of a forest of (kalpa-vṛkṣa trees (kalpa-vṛkṣa-vana-prabhu).
Text 49

Verse text

symantaka-maṇir mānyo
gāṇḍivī kairaveśvarah

Translation

kumbhāṇḍa-khaṇḍana-karah kūpakarṇa-prahāra-kṛt He is the owner of the Syamantaka jewel (symantaka-maṇi), glorious (mānya), the friend of Arjuna (gāṇḍivī), the king of the Kauravas (kauraveśvara), the killer of Kumbāṇḍha (kumbhāṇḍa-khaṇḍana-kara), and the killer of Kūpakarṇa (kūpakarṇa-prahāra-kṛt).
Text 50

Verse text

sevyo raivata-jāmātā
hṛṣṭah puṣṭah praharṣitah

Translation

madhu-mādhava-sevitah baliṣṭha-puṣṭa-sarvāṅgo He is the final object of devotional service (sevya), the son-in-law of King Revata (raivata-jāmātā), served by Lord Kṛṣṇa and the residents of Mathurā (madhu-mādhava-sevita), most powerful in every limb (baliṣṭha-puṣṭa-sarvāṅga), happy (hṛṣṭa and praharṣita), and stout and strong (puṣṭa).
Text 51

Verse text

vārāṇasī-gatah kruddhah
sarvah pauṇḍraka-ghātakah
sunandī śikharī śilpī

Translation

dviviḍāṅga-niṣūdanah He traveled to Vārāṇasī (vārāṇasī-gata). He may become angry (kruddha). He is everything (sarva). He killed Pauṇḍraka (pauṇḍraka-ghātaka). He carries the sword Sunanda (sunandī), wears a crown (śikharī), is artistic (śilpī), and killed Dviviḍa (dviviḍāṅga-niṣūdana). Note: Sunanda is the name of Lord Kṛṣṇa's sword.
Text 52

Verse text

rathī kaurava-pūjitah
viśva-karmā viśva-dharmā
deva-śarmā dayā-nidhih

Translation

hastināpura-saṅkarṣī He dragged the city of Hastināpura (hastināpura-saṅkarṣī), is a great chariot-warrior (rathī), is worshiped by the Kauravas (kaurava-pūjita), created the universes (viśva-karmā), is the giver of religon to the universes (viśva-dharmā), is the happiness of the demigods (deva-śarmā), and is an ocean of mercy (dayā-nidhi).
Text 53

Verse text

siddha-gītah siddha-kathah

Translation

mahā-rāja-cchatra-dharo mahā-rājopalakṣaṇah śukla-cāmara-vījitah He holds the royal parasol (mahā-rāja-cchatra-dhara), has all the qualities of a great king (mahā-rājopalakṣaṇa), is glorified by the siddhas (siddha-gīta and siddha-katha), and is fanned with white cāmaras (śukla-cāmara-vījita).
Text 54

Verse text

tārākṣah kīranāsaś ca
bimboṣṭhah su-smita-cchavih
pracaṇḍo megha-maṇḍalah

Translation

karīndra-kāra-kodaṇḍah His eyes are glittering stars (tārākṣa), His nose is graceful like a parrot's beak (kīranāsa), His lips are bimba fruits (bimboṣṭha), His gentle smile is splendid and glorious (su-smita-cchavi), His arms are elephants' trunks (karīndra-kāra-kodaṇḍa), He is ferocious (pracaṇḍa), and He is splendid like a host of monsoon clouds (megha-maṇḍala).
Text 55

Verse text

kapāṭa-vakṣah pīnāṁsah
mahā-vibhūtir bhūteśo
bandha-mokṣī samīkṣaṇah

Translation

padma-pāda-sphurad-dyutih His chest is a great door (kapāṭa-vakṣa), His shoulders are broad (pīnāṁsa), His feet are splendid lotus flowers (padma-pāda-sphurad-dyuti), He is very powerful and glorious (mahā-vibhūti), He is the master of all living entities (bhūteśa), He is the liberator from material bondage (bandha-mokṣī), and He is the most wise and intelligent (samīkṣaṇa).
Text 56

Verse text

caidya-śatruh śatru-sandho
ajāta-śatruh pāpa-ghno

Translation

dantavakra-niṣūdakah hari-dāsa-sahāya-kṛt He is the enemy of Śiśupāla (caidya-śatru), the end of His enemies (śatru-sandha), the killer of Dantavakra (dantavakra-niṣūdaka), a person who has no enemy (ajāta-śatru), the destroyer of sins (pāpa-ghna), and the ally of Lord Kṛṣṇa's servants (hari-dāsa-sahāya-kṛt).
Text 57

Verse text

śāla-bāhuh śālva-hantā
tīrtha-yāyī janeśvarah

Translation

naimiṣāraṇya-yātrārthī gomatī-tīra-vāsa-kṛt His arms are like palm trees (śāla-bāhu). He is the killer of Śālva (śālva-hantā), a pilgrim (tīrtha-yāyī), the master of all living entities (janeśvara), a pilgrim to Naimiṣāraṇya (naimiṣāraṇya-yātrārthī), and He who lived by the Gomatī river (gomatī-tīra-vāsa-kṛt).
Text 58

Verse text

gaṇḍakī-snāna-vān sragvī
vipāśī soṇa-samplutah

Translation

vaijayantī-virājitah amlāna-paṅkaja-dharo He bathed in the Gaṇḍakī river (gaṇḍakī-snāna-vān), wears a garland (sragvī), is splendid with a Vaijayantī garland (vaijayantī-virājita), holds an unfading lotus (amlāna-paṅkaja-dhara), visited the Vipāśā river (vipāśī), and bathed in the Soṇa river (soṇa-sampluta).
Text 59

Verse text

prayāga-tīrtha-rājaś ca
sarayūh setu-bandhanah
gayā-śiraś ca dhanadah
paulastyah pulahāśramah

Translation

He visited Prayāga, the king of holy places (prayāga-tīrtha-rāja), and He also visited the Sarāyu river (sarayū), and Setubandha (setu-bandhana). He touched His head to the holy city of Gayā (gayā-śira). He gives wealth in charity (dhanada). He visited the sage Pulastya (paulastya), and He visted the āśrama of the sage Pulaha (pulahāśrama).
Text 60

Verse text

veṇī bhimārthī godā
tāmraparṇī vaṭodakā

Translation

gaṅgā-sāgara-saṅgārthī sapta-godāvarī-patih He visited Gaṅgā-sāgara (gaṅgā-sāgara-saṅgārthī). He is the master of the seven Godāvarīs (sapta-godāvarī-pati). He is the Veṇī (veṇī), Bhīmarathī (bhīmarathī), Godā (godā), Tāmraparṇī (tāmraparṇī), and Vaṭodakā rivers (vaṭodakā).
Text 61

Verse text

kṛtamālā mahā-puṇyā
kaverī ca payasvinī
pratīcī suprabhā veṇī
triveṇī sarayūpamā

Translation

He is the Kṛtamālā) (kṛtamālā), Mahā-puṇyā (mahā-puṇyā), Kaverī (kaverī), Payasvinī (payasvinī), Pratīcī (pratīcī), Suprabhā (suprabhā), Veṇī (veṇī), Triveṇī (triveṇī), and and Sarayūpamā rivers (sarayūpamā).
Text 62

Verse text

kṛṣṇā pampā narmadā ca
gaṅgā bhāgīrathī nadī
siddhāśramah prabhāsaś ca
bindur bindu-sarovarah

Translation

He is the Kṛṣṇā (kṛṣṇā), Pampā (pampā), Narmadā (narmadā), Gaṅgā (gaṅgā), and Bhāgīrathī rivers (bhāgīrathī). He is all sacred rivers (nadī). He is Siddhāśrama (siddhāśrama), Prabhāsa (prabhāsa), Bindu (bindu), and Bindu-sarovara (bindu-sarovara).
Text 63

Verse text

puṣkarah saindhavo jambū
kurukṣetra-patī rāmo
jāmadagnyo mahā-munih

Translation

nara-nārāyaṇāśramah He is Puṣkara (puṣkara), Saindhava (saindhava), Jambū (jambū), and Nara-nārāyaṇāśrama (nara-nārāyaṇāśrama). He is the master of Kurukṣetra (kurukṣetra-patī). He is Lord Rāma (rāma). He is Paraśurāma (jāmadagnya). He is a great sage (mahā-muni).
Text 64

Verse text

ilvalātmaja-hantā ca
viśva-jid viśva-nāthaś ca
triloka-vijayī jayī

Translation

sudāma-saukhya-dāyakah He killed Narakāsura (ilvalātmaja-hantā), delighted Sudhāmā (sudāma-saukhya-dāyaka), conquered the universe (viśva-jid), is the master of the universe (viśva-nātha), is the master of the three worlds (triloka-vijayī), and is victorious (jayī).
Text 65

Verse text

gado gadyo gadāgrajah
guṇārṇavo guṇa-nidhir
guṇa-pātro guṇākarah

Translation

vasanta-mālatī-karṣī He is glorious with vasanta and mālatī flowers (vasanta-mālatī-karṣī). He is strong like a great mace (gada). He is expert at fighting with a mace (gadya). He is the elder brother of Gada (gadāgraja). He is an ocean of virtues (guṇārṇava and guṇa-nidhi), and a reservoir of virtues (guṇa-pātra and guṇākara).
Text 66

Verse text

nirguṇah saguṇo bṛhat
dṛṣṭah śruto bhavad bhūto
bhaviṣyac cālpa-vigrahah

Translation

raṅgavallī-jalākāro He is decorated with vine-flowers (raṅgavallī), enjoys water-pastimes (jalākāra), is beyond the modes of material nature (nirguṇa), is filled with transcendental qualities (saguṇa), is the greatest (bṛhat), is seen by the great devotees (dṛṣṭa), is heard by the great devotees (śruta), and is the present (bhavad), the past (bhūta), and the future (bhaviṣyat). He is the Supersoul, whose form is so small He stays in every atom (alpa-vigraha).
Text 67

Verse text

anādir ādir ānandah
pratyag-dhāma nirantarah
guṇātītah samah sāmyah
sama-dṛṅ nirvikalpakah

Translation

He is without beginning (anādi), is the beginning of everything (ādi), is bliss personified (ānanda), is the Supersoul who stays in everyone's heart (pratyag-dhāma), is eternal (nirantara), is beyond the modes of nature (guṇātīta), is equal to all (sama, sāmya and nirvikalpaka), and sees everyone with equal vision (sama-dṛk).
Text 68

Verse text

gūḍha-vyūḍho guṇo gauṇo
guṇābhāso guṇāvṛtah
nityo 'kṣaro nirvikāro
'kṣaro 'jasra-sukho 'mṛtah

Translation

He is concealed (gūḍhā) and He is openly manifested (vyūḍha). He is filled with transcendental virtues (guṇa, gauṇa, guṇābhāsa, and guṇāvṛta). He eternal (nitya), imperishable (akṣara), unchanging (nirvikāra), undying (akṣara), always happy (ajasra-sukha), and like nectar (amṛta).
Text 69

Verse text

sarvagah sarvavit sārthah
sama-buddhih sama-prabhah
akledyo 'cchedya āpūrṇo
'śoṣyo 'dāhyo nivartakah

Translation

He is all-pervading (sarvaga), all-knowing (sarvavit), the most valuable (sārtha), equal to all (sama-buddhi and sama-prabha), untouched by water (akledya), unbreakable (acchedya), perfect and complete (āpūrṇa), never dried or withered (aśoṣya), and never to be burned by fire (adāhya). He is the destroyer of the worlds (nivartaka).
Text 70

Verse text

brahma brahma-dharo brahmā
jṣāpako vyāpakah kavih
adhyātmako 'dhibhūtaś cā-
dhidaivah svāśrayāśrayah

Translation

He is Brahman (brahma), the origin of Brahman (brahma-dhara), the origin of demigod Brahmā (brahmā), the supreme teacher (jṣāpaka), all-pervading (vyāpaka), and the greatest philosopher (kavi). He is present in the hearts of all living entities (adhyātmaka). He is present in the material elements (adhibhūta). He is present among the demigods (adhidaiva). He is the shelter of all shelters (svāśrayāśraya).
Text 71

Verse text

mahā-vāyur mahā-vīraś
prerako bodhako bodhī
trayo-viṁśatiko gaṇah

Translation

ceṣṭā-rūpa-tanu-sthitah He is the great wind (mahā-vāyu). He is a great hero (mahā-vīra). As the power of action He stays in every body (ceṣṭā-rūpa-tanu-sthita). He inspires the living entities (preraka), and enlightens them (bodhaka). He is the mist wise (bodhī). He is the master of the demigods (trayo-viṁśatika-gaṇa).
Text 72

Verse text

aṁśāṁśaś ca narāveśo
'vatāro bhūpari-sthitah
mahar janas tapah satyaṁ
bhūr bhuvah svar iti tridhā

Translation

He expands in many incarnations (aṁśāṁśa). He appears as a śakty-āveśa incarnation (narāveśa). He descends to the material world (avatāra and bhūpari-sthita). He is Maharloka (mahah), Janaloka (jana), Tapoloka (tapah), and Satyaloka (satyam). He is the three planetary systems: Bhūloka (bhū), Bhuvarloka (bhuvah), Svarloka (svah).
Text 73

Verse text

naimittikah prākṛtika
ātyantika-mayo layah
sargo visargah sargādir
nirodho rodha ūtimān

Translation

Although He appears in the material world (naimittika and prākṛtika), He is eternal (ātyantika-maya). He is cosmic devastation (laya), cosmic creation (sarga), the secondary stage of cosmic creation (visarga), and the beginning of creation ( sargādi). He is the greatest obstacle (nirodha and rodha), and the greatest protector (ūtimān).
Text 74

Verse text

manvantarāvatāraś ca
manur manu-suto 'naghah
svayambhūh śāmbhavah śaṅkuh

Translation

svāyambhuva-sahāya-kṛt He appears as the Manvantarāvatāras (manvantarāvatāra). He is Manu (manu) and the sons of Manu (manu-suta). He is sinless (anagha), self-born (svayambhū), and a friend of Lord Śiva (śāmbhava). He is like a great lance (śaṅku). He is the ally of Svāyambhuva Manu (svāyambhuva-sahāya-kṛt).
Text 75

Verse text

surālayo deva-girir
merur hemārcito girih
giriśo gaṇa-nāthaś ca
gairīśo giri-gahvarah

Translation

He is the home of the demigods (surālaya), the mountain of the demigods (deva-giri), Mount Meru (meru), splendid like gold (hemārcita), and a great ountain (giri). He stays on a mountain (giriśa). He is the master of the devotees (gaṇa-nātha) and a friend of Lord Śiva (gairīśa). He stays in a mountain cave (giri-gahvara).
Text 76

Verse text

vindhyas trikūṭo mainākah
subalah pāribhadrakah
pataṅgah śiśirah kaṅko
jārudhih śaila-sattamah

Translation

He is the Vindhyā mountains (vindhya), Mount Trikūṭa (trikūṭa), and Mount Maināka (maināka). He is very powerful (subala). He is the pāribhadraka tree (pāribhadraka), the sun (pataṅga), the winter season ( śiśira), Yama (kaṅka), Jārudhi (jārudhi), and the best of mountains (śaila-sattama).
Text 77

Verse text

kālañjaro brhat-sānur
darī-bhṛn nandikeśvarah
santānas taru-rājaś ca
mandārah pārijātakah

Translation

He is Kālañjara (kālañjara) and Brhat-sānu (brhat-sānu). He stays in a mountain cave (darī-bhṛt). He is Nandikeśvara (nandikeśvara), the santāna tree (santāna), the king of trees (taru-rāja), the mandāra tree (mandāra), and the pārijāta tree (pārijātaka).
Text 78

Verse text

jayanta-kṛj jayantāṅgo
jayantī-dig jayākulah
vṛtra-hā devalokaś ca
śaśī kumuda-bāndhavah

Translation

He is victorious (jayanta-kṛt jayantāṅga, jayantī-dig, and jayākula). He is the killer of Vṛtra (vṛtra-hā). He is the planets of the demigods (devaloka), and the moon (śaśī and kumuda-bāndhava).
Text 79

Verse text

nakṣatreśah sudhā-sindhur
mṛgah puṣyah punarvasuh
hasto 'bhijic ca śravaṇo
vaidhṛtir bhāskarodayah

Translation

He is the moon (nakṣatreśa), an ocean of nectar (sudhā-sindhu), the star Mṛgaśīrṣa (mṛga), the star Puṣya (puṣya), the star Punarvasu (punarvasu), the star Hasta (hasta), the star Abhijit (abhijit), and the star Śravaṇa (śravaṇa). He is the vaidhṛti formation of the stars (vaidhṛti), and He is the sunrise (bhāskarodaya).
Text 80

Verse text

aindrah sādhyah śubhah śuklo
vyatīpāto dhruvah sitah
śiśumāro devamayo
brahmaloko vilakṣaṇah

Translation

He is the star Aindra (aindra). He is Sādhyaloka (sādhya). He is the auspicious conjunction of stars (śubha). He is the bright fortnight (śukla). He is the astrological condition known as vyatīpāta (vyatīpāta). He is Dhruvaloka (dhruva). He is the bright fortnight (sita), the Śiśumāra-cakra (śiśumāra), the planets of the demigods (devamaya), and Brahmaloka (brahmaloka). He is beyond the material world (vilakṣaṇa).
Text 81

Verse text

rāmo vaikuṇṭha-nāthaś ca
vyāpī vaikuṇṭha-nāyakah
svetadvīpo jita-pado

Translation

lokālokācalāśritah He is Lord Rāma (rāma). He is the master of Vaikuṇṭha (vaikuṇṭha-nātha and vaikuṇṭha-nāyaka). He is all-pervading (vyāpī), the master of Śvetadvīpa (svetadvīpa), the Lord who has conquered everything (jita-pada), and the Lord who stays on Mount Lokāloka (lokālokācalāśrita).
Text 82

Verse text

bhūmi-vaikuṇṭha-devaś ca
golokeśo gavām-patih

Translation

koṭi-brahmāṇḍa-kārakah asaṅkhya-brahmāṇḍa-patir He is the master of Bhūmi-vaikuṇṭha (bhūmi-vaikuṇṭha-deva), the creator of millions of universes (koṭi-brahmāṇḍa-kāraka), the master of countless universes (asaṅkhya-brahmāṇḍa-pati), the master of Goloka (golokeśa), and the master of the cows (gavām-pati).
Text 83

Verse text

śrīdharah śrīdharo līlā-
dharo giri-dharo dhurī

Translation

goloka-dhāma-dhiṣaṇo gopikā-kaṇṭha-bhūṣaṇah He resides in Goloka (goloka-dhāma-dhiṣaṇa). The gopīs' embraces have become His necklace (gopikā-kaṇṭha-bhūṣaṇa). He is the master of the goddess of fortune (śrīdhara). He is the master of all handsomeness, glory, and opulence (śrīdhara). He is playful (līlā-dhara). He lifted Govardhana Hill (giri-dhara). He is the maintainer of the world (dhurī).
Text 84

Verse text

kunta-dhārī triśūlī ca
bībhatsī gharghara-svanah
gaja-carma-dharo gajī

Translation

śūla-sūcy-arpita-gajo He is Lord Śiva who carries a trident (kunta-dhārī and triśūlī), who is terrifying (bībhatsī), who roars ferociously (gharghara-svana), who with His trident attacked an elephant (śūla-sūcy-arpita-gaja), who wears an elephant-skin garemnt (gaja-carma-dhara), and who rides on an elephant (gajī).
Text 85

Verse text

antra-mālī muṇḍa-mālī
vyālī daṇḍaka-maṇḍaluh
vetāla-bhṛd bhūta-saṅghah

Translation

kūṣmāṇḍa-gaṇa-samvṛtah He is Lord Nṛsiṁha who wears a garland of entrails (antra-mālī). He is Lord Śiva who wears a necklace of skulls (muṇḍa-mālī), who is ferocious (vyālī), who carries a club (daṇḍaka-maṇḍalu), who is accompanied by Vetālas (vetāla-bhṛd), who is accompanied by ghosts (bhūta-saṅgha), and who is accompanied by Kūṣmāṇḍas (kūṣmāṇḍa-gaṇa-samvṛta).
Text 86

Verse text

pramatheśah paśu-patir
mṛḍānīśo mṛḍo vṛṣah
kūṭah kalpānta-bhairavah

Translation

kṛtānta-kāla-saṅghārih He is Lord Śiva who is the master of the Pramathas (pramatheśa), the master of the Paśus (paśu-pati), the husband of Pārvatī (mṛḍānīśa), gentle (mṛḍa), powerful (vṛṣa), the killer of His enemies (kṛtānta-kāla-saṅghāri), most exalted (kūṭa), and who appears as Bhairava at the end of time (kalpānta-bhairava).
Text 87

Verse text

ṣaḍ-ānano vīra-bhadro
kharparāsī viṣāśī ca
śakti-hastah śivārthadah

Translation

dakṣa-yajṣa-vighātakah He is Kārttikeya, who has six heads (ṣaḍ-ānana). He is Vīrabhadra (vīra-bhadra). He destroyed the Dakṣa-yajṣa (dakṣa-yajṣa-vighātaka). He eats from a bowl that is a skull (kharparāsī). He drinks poison (viṣāśī), holds a śakti weapon in His hand (śakti-hasta), and grants auspiciousness (śivārthada).
Text 88

Verse text

paṇḍitas tarka-vidvān vai
veda-pāṭhī śrutīśvarah

Translation

pināka-ṭaṅkāra-karaś cala-jhaṅkara-nūpurah When He releases arrows from His bow it makes a great twanging sound (pināka-ṭaṅkāra-kara). He wears tinkling anklets (cala-jhaṅkara-nūpura). He is wise (paṇḍita), a master logician (tarka-vidvān), learned in the Vedas (veda-pāṭhī), and the master of the Vedas (śrutīśvara).
Text 89

Verse text

vedānta-kṛt saṅkhya-śāstrī
mīmāṁsī kaṇa-nāma-bhāk
kāṇādir gautamo vādī
vādo naiyāyiko nayah

Translation

He is the author of Vedānta (vedānta-kṛt), learned in Saṅkhya (saṅkhya-śāstrī), learned in Mīmāṁsā (mīmāṁsī), known by the name Kaṇāda (kaṇa-nāma-bhāk and kāṇādi), known as Gautama (gautama), and expert in philosophical debate (vādī, vāda, naiyāyika, and naya).
Text 90

Verse text

vaiśeṣiko dharma-śāstrī
vaiyākaraṇa-kṛc chando
vaiyyāsah prākṛtir vacah

Translation

sarva-śāstrārtha-tattva-gah He is learned in the Vaiśeṣa philosophy (vaiśeṣika), learned in the dharma-śāstras (dharma-śāstrī), learned in all the scriptures (sarva-śāstrārtha-tattva-ga), the author of grammar (vaiyākaraṇa-kṛt), learned in the meters of poetry (chanda), the Vyāsa's son (vaiyyāsa), nature (prākṛti), and speech (vacah).
Text 91

Verse text

kāvya-kṛn nāṭaka-pradah
paurāṇikah smṛti-karo
vaidyo vidyā-viśāradah

Translation

pārāśarī-saṁhita-vit He is learned in the Parāśara-śāstra (pārāśarī-saṁhita-vit), the author of poetry (kāvya-kṛt), the giver of dramas (nāṭaka-prada), learned in the Purāṇas (paurāṇika), the author of the Vedas (smṛti-kara), the first physician (vaidya), and very learned (vidyā-viśārada).
Text 92

Verse text

alaṅkāro lakṣaṇārtho
vākya-sphoṭah pada-sphoṭah
sphoṭa-vṛttiś ca sārtha-vit

Translation

vyaṅgya-viddhanavad-dhvanih He is the ornaments of poetry (alaṅkāra), the secondary meanings of words (lakṣaṇārtha), the hinted meanings of words (vyaṅgya-viddhanavad-dhvani), and the meaning that first comes to mind when one hears a statement (vākya-sphoṭa, pada-sphoṭa, and (sphoṭa-vṛtti). He knows the meanings of words (sārtha-vit).
Text 93

Verse text

śṛṅgāra ujjvalah svaccho
'dbhuto hāsyo bhayānakah
aśvattho yava-bhojī ca
yava-krīto yavāśanah

Translation

He is decoration (śṛṅgāra), splendor (ujjvala and svaccha), wonder (adbhuta), joking (hāsya), fear (bhayānaka), the banyan tree (aśvattha), and the philosopher Kaṇāda (yava-bhojī, yava-krīta, and yavāśana).
Text 94

Verse text

prahlāda-rakṣakah snigdha
gatādhir ambarīṣāṅgo
vigādhir gādhināṁ varah

Translation

aila-vaṁśa-vivardhanah He is the protector of Prahlāda (prahlāda-rakṣaka), affectionate (snigdha), the glory of the Aila dynasty (aila-vaṁśa-vivardhana), free of anxiety (gatādhi), Ambarīṣa (ambarīṣāṅga), Gādhi (vigādhi), the best of Gādhi's descendents (gādhināṁ vara).
Text 95

Verse text

nānā-puṣpa-dharah puṣpī
puṣpa-dhanva su-puṣpitah

Translation

nānā-maṇi-samākīrṇo nānā-ratna-vibhūṣaṇah He is decorated with many jewels (nānā-maṇi-samākīrṇa and nānā-ratna-vibhūṣaṇa) and decorated with many flowers (nānā-puṣpa-dhara, puṣpī, and su-puṣpita). He is Kāmadeva who holds a bow of flowers (puṣpa-dhanva).
Text 96

Verse text

nānā-varṇa-mayo varṇo
nānā-vastra-dharah sadā

Translation

nānā-candana-gandhāḍhyo nānā-puṣpa-rasārcitah He is fragrant with sandal paste (nānā-candana-gandhāḍhya), anointed with the fragrant juices of many flowers (nānā-puṣpa-rasārcita), decorated with garments and ornaments of many colors (nānā-varṇa-maya), glorious (varṇa), always dressed in opulent and elaborate garments (nānā-vastra-dhara sadā).
Text 97

Verse text

nānā-padma-karah kauśī
ratna-kambala-dhārī ca

Translation

nānā-kauśeya-veṣa-dhṛk dhauta-vastra-samāvṛtah He holds many lotus flowers in His hand (nānā-padma-kara), is dressed in silk garments (kauśī nānā-kauśeya-veṣa-dhṛk), wears a jewel cloak (ratna-kambala-dhārī), and is dressed in splendid clean garments (dhauta-vastra-samāvṛta).
Text 98

Verse text

uttarīya-dharah purṇo
pītoṣṇīṣah sitoṣṇīṣo
raktoṣṇīṣo dig-ambarah

Translation

ghana-kañcuka-saṅghavān He wears an upper garment (uttarīya-dhara). He is perfect (purṇa). He wears strong armor (ghana-kañcuka-saṅghavān), a yellow turban (pītoṣnīṣa), a white turban (sitoṣṇīṣa), or a red turban (raktoṣṇīṣa). Sometimes He wears the four directions as His garment (dig-ambara).
Text 99

Verse text

divyāṅgo divya-racano
sarvopamo nirupamo

Translation

divya-loka-vilokitah golokāṅkī-kṛtāṅgaṇah His limbs are splendid (divyāṅga), He is decorated with great splendor (divya-racana), the residents of Devaloka gaze on Him (divya-loka-vilokita), He is the best of all (sarvopama), He is without peer ( nirupama), and He stays with His associates in the realm of Goloka (golokāṅkī-kṛtāṅgaṇa).
Text 100

Verse text

kṛta-svotsāṅga-go lokah
kuṇḍalī-bhūta āsthitah
māthuro mathurā-darśī

Translation

calat-khañjana-locanah He stays in Goloka (kṛta-svotsāṅga-goloka), He is Lord Ananta (kuṇḍalī-bhūta), He is all-pervading (āsthita), He stays in Mathurā (māthura), He gazes at the sights of Mathurā (mathurā-darśī), and His eyes are like restless khañjana birds (calat-khañjana-locana).
Text 101

Verse text

dadhi-hartā dugdha-haro
takra-bhuk takra-hārī ca

Translation

navanīta-sitāśanah dadhi-caurya-kṛta-śramah As a child He is a yogurt thief (dadhi-hartā), a milk thief (dugdha-hara), an eater of butter (navanīta-sitāśana), a drinker of buttermilk (takra-bhuk), a thief of buttermilk (takra-hārī), and exhausted by stealing yogurt (dadhi-caurya-kṛta-śrama).
Text 102

Verse text

dāmī dāmodaro damī
sikatā-bhūmi-cārī ca
bāla-kelir vrajārbhakah

Translation

prabhāvatī-baddha-karo As a child His hands were tied by His powerful mother (prabhāvatī-baddha-kara), He was tied up (dāmī), He was tied at the waist (dāmodara), He was tied up (damī), He crawled on the ground (sikatā-bhūmi-cārī), and He enjoyed the pastimes of a child (bāla-keli). He was a child in Vraja (vrajārbhaka).
Text 103

Verse text

kāka-pakṣa-dharah sudhīh
mukta-keśo vatsa-vṛndāh

Translation

dhūli-dhūsara-sarvāṅgah kālindī-kūla-vīkṣaṇah As a child all His limbs were sometimes covered with dust (dhūli-dhūsara-sarvāṅga), He was decorated with crow's feathers (kāka-pakṣa-dhara), He was intelligent (sudhī), His hair was sometimes dishevelled (mukta-keśa), He stayed with the calves (vatsa-vṛndā), and He gazed at the Yamunā's shore (kālindī-kūla-vīkṣaṇa).
Text 104

Verse text

jala-kolāhalī kūlī

Translation

paṅka-prāṅgana-lepakah śrī-vṛndāvana-sañcārī vaṁśīvaṭa-taṭa-sthitah He played in the Yamunā's waves (jala-kolāhalī), and on its shore (kūlī), As He crawled in the courtyard He became anointed with mud (paṅka-prāṅgana-lepaka), He wandered in Vṛndāvana forest (śrī-vṛndāvana-sañcārī), and He rested at Vaṁśīvaṭa (vaṁśīvaṭa-taṭa-sthita).
Text 105

Verse text

mahāvana-nivāsī ca
sādhuh priyatamah sādhyah
sādhv-īśo gata-sādhvasah

Translation

lohārgala-vanādhipah He resided in Mahāvana (mahāvana-nivāsī), He was the king of Lohārgalavana (lohārgala-vanādhipa), He was a great saint (sādhu), the most dear (priyatama), attainable by the devotees (sādhya), the Lord of the devotees (sādhv-īśa), and fearless (gata-sādhvasa).
Text 106

Verse text

raṅga-nātho viṭṭaleśo
mukti-nātho 'gha-nāśakah
su-kīrtih su-yaśāh sphīto
yaśasvī raṅga-rañjanah

Translation

He is the Lord of Raṅgakṣetra (raṅga-nātha), the Lord of Viṭṭala (viṭṭaleśa), the Lord of liberation (mukti-nātha), the destroyer of sins (agha-nāśaka), glorious (su-kīrti, su-yaśā, sphīta), and yaśasvī), and the delight of the devotees (raṅga-rañjana).
Text 107

Verse text

rāga-ṣaṭko rāga-putro
dīpako megha-mallārah
śrī-rāgo māla-kośakah

Translation

rāgiṇī-ramaṇotsukah He is the six kinds of rāgas (rāga-ṣaṭka). He is the rāgas Rāga-putra (rāga-putra), Rāgiṇī-ramaṇotsuka (rāgiṇī-ramaṇotsuka), Dīpaka (dīpaka), Megha-mallāra (megha-mallāra), Śrī-rāga (śrī-rāga), and Māla-kośaka (māla-kośaka).
Text 108

Verse text

hindolo bhairavākhyaś ca
svara-jāti-smaro mṛduh
tālo māna-pramāṇaś ca
svara-gamyah kalākṣarah

Translation

He is the rāas Hindola (hindola) and Bhairava (bhairavākhya). He is love born by hearing beautiful melodies (svara-jāti-smara). He is gentle (mṛdu). He is graceful musical rhythms (tāla and māna-pramāṇa). He is melody (svara-gamya), and He is graceful singing (kalākṣara).
Text 109

Verse text

śamī śyāmī śatānandah
śata-yāmah śata-kratuh
jāgarah supta āsuptah
suṣuptah svapna urvarah

Translation

He self-controlled (śamī). He is dark-complexioned Lord Kṛṣṇa (śyāmī). He has a hundred blisses (śatānanda), He forgives a hundred offenses (śata-yāma), He performed a hundred yajṣas (śata-kratu), He is awake and alert (jāgara), He sleeps (supta, āsupta, suṣupta, svapna). He is great (urvara).
Text 110

Verse text

ūrjah sphūrjo nirjaraś ca
vijvaro jvara-varjitah
jvara-jij jvara-kartā ca
jvara-yuk tri-jvaro jvarah

Translation

He is power (ūrja), and glory (sphūrja). He is free from the fever of anxiety (nirjara, vijvara, jvara-varjita, and jvara-jit), He lights the fever of anxiety in the demons (jvara-kartā), He is passionate (jvara-yuk), He is the three passions (tri-jvara), and He is passion (jvara).
Text 111

Verse text

jāmbavān jambukāsaṅkī
jambudvīpo dvipāri-hā
śālmalih śālmali-dvīpah
plakṣah plakṣavaneśvarah

Translation

He is Jāmbavān (jāmbavān), He does not trust the demons (jambukāsaṅkī), He resides in Jambudvīpa (jambudvīpa), He killed an elephant that attacked Him (dvipāri-hā), He is Śālmali (śālmali), He resides in Śālmalidvīpa (śālmali-dvīpa), He is Plakṣa (plakṣa), and He is the master of Plakṣavana forest (plakṣavaneśvara).
Text 112

Verse text

kuśa-dhārī kuśah kausī
kauśikah kuśa-vigrahah
kuśasthalī-patih kāśī-
nātho bhairava-śāsanah

Translation

He holds a blade of kuśa grass (kuśa-dhārī, kuśa, kauśī, kauśika, and kuśa-vigraha). He is the king of Dvārakā (kuśasthalī-pati), the king of Vārāṇasī (kāśī-nātha), and the master of Bhairava (bhairava-śāsana).
Text 113

Verse text

dāśārhah sātvato vṛṣṇir
bhojo 'ndhaka-nivāsa-kṛt
andhako dundubhir dyotah
pradyotah satvatām-patih

Translation

He is the great descendent of King Daśārha (dāśārha), and a great king of the Satvata dynasty (sātvata), the Vṛṣṇi dynasty (vṛṣṇi), and the Bhoja dynasty (bhoja). He stays among the kings of the Andhaka dynasty (andhaka-nivāsa-kṛt and andhaka). He is glorified by the sounding of Dundubhi drums (dundubhi). He is glorious (dyota and pradyota). He is the master of the Satvatas (satvatām-pati).
Text 114

Verse text

śūraseno 'nuviṣayo
āhukah sarva-nīti-jṣa
ugraseno mahogra-vāk

Translation

bhoja-vṛṣṇy-andhakeśvarah He is Śūrasena (śūrasena), He is Anuviṣaya (anuviṣaya), He is the king of the Bhoja, Vṛṣṇi, and Andhaka dynasties (bhoja-vṛṣṇy-andhakeśvara), He is Ahūka (āhuka), He knows what is right (sarva-nīti-jṣa), He is Ugrasena (ugrasena), and He can speak very fiercely (mahogra-vāk).
Text 115

Verse text

ugrasena-priyah prārthyah
pāryo yadu-sabhā-patih
sudharmādhipatih sattvaṁ
vṛṣṇi-cakrāvṛto bhiṣak

Translation

He is dear to King Ugrasena (ugrasena-priya), the devotees offer prayers to Him (prārthya), He is the Pāṇḍavas (pārtha), He is the leader of the assembled Yādavas (yadu-sabhā-pati), He is the leader of the Sudharma assembly (sudharmādhipati), He is existence (sattvaṁ), He is surrounded by the Vṛṣṇis (vṛṣṇi-cakrāvṛta), and He is the supreme physician (bhiṣak).
Text 116

Verse text

sabhā-śīlah sabhā-dīpah
sabhāgniś ca sabhā-ravih
sabhā-candrah sabhā-bhāsah
sabhā-devah sabhā-patih

Translation

He is an exalted member of the assembly (sabhā-śīla), He is a lamp shining in the assembly (sabhā-dīpa), the fire of the assembly (sabhāgni), the sun of the assembly (sabhā-ravi), the moon of the assembly (sabhā-candra), the splendor of the assembly (sabhā-bhāsa), the Deity of the assembly (sabhā-deva), and the master of the assembly (sabhā-pati).
Text 117

Verse text

prajārthadah prajā-bhartā

Translation

prajā-pālana-tat-parah dvārakā-durga-sañcārī dvārakā-graha-vigrahah He fulfills the desires of the citizens (prajārthada), maintains the citizens (prajā-bhartā), protects the citizens (prajā-pālana-tat-para), guards the Dvārakā fort (dvārakā-durga-sañcārī), and stays in Dvārakā (dvārakā-graha-vigraha).
Text 118

Verse text

jagan-mātā jagat-trātā
jagad-bhartā jagat-pitā

Translation

dvārakā-duhkha-saṁhartā dvārakā-jana-maṅgalah He removes all sufferings from Dvārakā (dvārakā-duhkha-saṁhartā). He is the auspiciousness of Dvārakā's citizens (dvārakā-jana-maṅgala), the mother of the universes (jagan-mātā), the protector of the universes (jagat-trātā), the maintainer of the universes (jagad-bhartā), and the father of the universes (jagat-pitā).
Text 119

Verse text

jagad-bandhur jagad-bhrātā
jagan-mitro jagat-sakhah
brahmaṇya-devo brahmaṇyo

Translation

brahma-pāda-rajo-dadhat He is the friend of the universes (jagad-bandhu, jagan-mitra, and jagat-sakha), the creator of the universes (jagad-dhātā), and the Deity worshiped by the brāhmaṇas (brahmaṇya-deva and brahmaṇya). He respectfully touches the dust of the brāhmaṇas' feet (brahma-pāda-rajo-dadhat).
Text 120

Translation

brahma-pāda-rajah-sparśī brahma-pāda-niṣevakah viprāṅghri-jala-pūtāṅgo vipra-sevā-parāyaṇah He respectfully touches the dust of the brāhmaṇas' feet (brahma-pāda-rajah-sparśī), He serves the brāhmaṇas' feet (brahma-pāda-niṣevaka), He purifies Himself by sprinkling on His head the water that has washed the brāhmaṇas' feet (viprāṅghri-jala-pūtāṅga), and He devotedly serves the brāhmaṇas (vipra-sevā-parāyaṇa).
Text 121

Verse text

vipra-mukhyo vipra-hito

Translation

vipra-gīta-mahā-kathah vipra-pāda-jalārdrāṅgo vipra-pādodaka-priyah He is the best of the brāhmaṇas (vipra-mukhya), the auspiciousness of the brāhmaṇas (vipra-hita), the supreme master whose glories are sung by the brāhmaṇas (vipra-gīta-mahā-katha), and the supreme master who sprinkles on Himself the water that has washed the brāhmaṇas' feet (vipra-pāda-jalārdrāṅga and vipra-pādodaka-priya).
Text 122

Verse text

vipra-bhakto vipra-gurur
vipro vipra-padānugah
akṣauhiṇī-vṛto yoddhā

Translation

pratimā-pañca-samyutah He is devoted to the brāhmaṇas (vipra-bhakta), the guru of the brāhmaṇas (vipra-guru), a brāhmaṇa (vipra), a follower of the brāhmaṇas (vipra-padānuga), accompanied by an akṣauhiṇī military division (akṣauhiṇī-vṛta), a great warrior (yoddhā), and manifested as five Deities (pratimā-pañca-samyuta).
Text 123

Verse text

catur aṅgirāh padma-vartī
gaja-koṭi-prayāyī ca

Translation

samāntoddhṛta-pādukah ratha-koṭi-jaya-dhvajah He is Catu (catu), Aṅgirā (aṅgirā), and Padmavartī (padma-vartī). Samānta Muni worships His feet (samāntoddhṛta-pāduka). He is powerful like ten million elephants (gaja-koṭi-prayāyī). His flag of victory flies over the defeat of ten million chariot-warriors (ratha-koṭi-jaya-dhvaja).
Text 124

Verse text

mahārathaś cātiratho
jaitraṁ syandanam āsthitah
nārāyaṇāstrī brahmāstrī
raṇa-ślāghī raṇodbhaṭah

Translation

He is a great chariot warrior (mahāratha and atiratha). He rides a victory-chariot jaitraṁ-syandanam-āsthita). He wields the nārāyaṇāstra weapon (nārāyaṇāstrī) and the brahmāstra weapon (brahmāstrī). He is a famous warrior (raṇa-ślāghī and raṇodbhaṭa).
Text 125

Verse text

madotkaṭo yuddha-vīro

Translation

devāsura-bhayaṅkarah kari-karṇa-marut-prejat- kuntala-vyāpta-kuṇḍalah He is a ferocious warrior (madotkaṭa), a hero in battle (yuddha-vīra), and frightening even to the demigods and demons (devāsura-bhayaṅkara). Moving in the wind, His long hair and earrings are like a great elephant's ear (kari-karṇa-marut-prejat-kuntala-vyāpta-kuṇḍala).
Text 126

Verse text

agrago vīra-sammārdo
mardalo raṇa-durmadah
bhaṭah pratibhaṭah procyo

Translation

bāṇa-varṣīṣutoyadah He is the first before all others (agraga). He crushes the enemy warriors in battle (vīra-sammārda, mardala, raṇa-durmada, bhaṭa, and pratibhaṭa). He is glorious (procya). He rains a shower of arrows on the enemy (bāṇa-varṣī and iṣu-toyada).
Text 127

Verse text

ṣoḍaśābdah ṣaḍ-akṣarah
vīra-ghoṣah kliṣṭa-vapur
vajrāṅgo vajra-bhedanah

Translation

khaḍga-khaṇdīta-sarvāṅgah With His sword He cuts the enemy to pieces (khaḍga-khaṇdīta-sarvāṅga). He is a sixteen-year-old youth eternally (ṣoḍaśābda). He does not suffer the six material distresses (ṣaḍ-akṣara). He makes a heroic roar (vīra-ghoṣa). He brings distress to His enemies (kliṣṭa-vapu). His limbs are powerful like a series of thunderbolts (vajrāṅga). He breaks apart the thunderbolt weapons of His enemies (vajra-bhedana).
Text 128

Verse text

rugna-vajro bhagna-dantah
aṭṭa-hāsah paṭṭa-dhārah
paṭṭa-rājṣī-patih paṭuh

Translation

śatru-nirbhartsanodyatah He breaks apart the thunderbolt weapons of His enemies (rugna-vajra). He breaks His enemies' teeth (bhagna-danta). He rebukes His enemies (śatru-nirbhartsanodyata). He laughs loudly (aṭṭa-hāsa). He wears silk garments (paṭṭa-dhāra). He is the husband of a noble queen (paṭṭa-rājṣī-pati). He is very intelligent (paṭu).
Text 129

Verse text

kālah pataha-vāditro
huṅkāro garjita-svanah
sādhur bhakta-parādhīnah
svatantrah sādhu-bhūṣaṇah

Translation

He is time (kāla). Paṭaha drums are sounded to celebrate His victory (pataha-vāditra). He roars ferociously (huṅkāra and garjita-svana). He is saintly (sādhu), submissive to His devotees (bhakta-parādhīna), independent (svatantra), and decorated with the ornaments of saintly qualities (sādhu-bhūṣaṇa).
Text 130

Verse text

asvatantrah sādhumayah
sādhu-grasta-manā manāk
sādhu-priyah sādhu-dhanah
sādhu-jṣātih sudhā-ghanah

Translation

He is not independent (asvatantra). He is dependent on His devotees (sādhumaya). His heart is rapt in thinking of His devotees (sādhu-grasta-manā). He loves His devotees and they love Him (sādhu-priya). He is charitable to His devotees (sādhu-dhana). He is His devotees' kinsman (sādhu-jṣāti). He is a monsoon cloud of nectar (sudhā-ghana).
Text 131

Verse text

sādhu-cārī sādhu-cittah
sādhu-vāsī śubhāspadah
iti nāmnāṁ sahasraṁ tu
balabhadrasya kīrtitam

Translation

He stays among His devotees (sādhu-cārī and sādhu-vāsī). His devotees stay in His heart (sādhu-citta). He is the abode of auspiciousness. These are the thousand names of Lord Balarāma.
Text 132

Verse text

sarva-siddhi-pradaṁ nṛṇāṁ
śata-varaṁ paṭhed yas tu
sa vidyāvān bhaved iha

Synonyms

sarva-siddhi-pradam — giving all perfection ; nṛṇām — to the living entities ; catur-varga-phala-pradam — giving the four goals of life ; śata — a hundred ; varam — times ; paṭhet — recites ; yah — one who ; tu — indeed ; sa — he ; vidyavān — wise ; bhavet — becomes ; iha — here.

Translation

catur-varga-phala-pradam He becomes wise who a hundred times recites these names, which give the four goals of life and all perfection.
Text 133

Verse text

indirāṁ ca vimūrtiṁ cā-
bhijanaṁ rūpam eva ca
bala-bhojaś ca paṭhanāt
sarvaṁ prāpnoti mānavah

Synonyms

indirām — wealth ; ca — and ; vimūrtim — glory ; ca — and ; abhijanam — dynasty ; rūpam — handsomeness ; eva — indeed ; ca — and ; bala — strength ; bhojah — enjoyment ; ca — and ; paṭhanāt — from reciting ; sarvam — all ; prāpnoti — attains ; mānavah — a person.

Translation

One who recites these names pleases Lord Balarāma and thus attains all wealth, glory, good descendents, and handsomeness.
Text 134

Verse text

gaṅgā-kūle 'tha kālindī-
kūle devālaye tathā
balāt siddhih prājayate

Synonyms

gaṅgā-kūle — on the bank of the Gaṅgā ; atha — then ; kālindī-kūle — on the bank of the Yamunā ; devālaye — in the temple of the Lord ; tathā — so ; sahasrāvārta — a thousand times ; pāṭhena — by reciting ; balāt — from Lord Balarāma ; siddhih — perfection ; prājayate — is born.

Translation

sahasrāvārta-pāṭhena By reciting these names a thousand times on the Gaṅgā's shore, on the Yamunā's shore, or in the Lord's temple, by Lord Balarāma's mercy one attains perfection.
Text 135

Verse text

putrārthī labhate putraṁ
dhanārtho labhate dhanam
bandhāt pramucyate baddho
rogī rogān nivartate

Synonyms

putrārthī — desiring a son ; labhate — attains ; putram — a son ; dhanārthah — desiring wealth ; labhate — attains ; dhanam — wealth ; bandhāt — from bondage ; pramucyate — is freed ; baddhah — bound ; rogī — diseased ; rogān — from disease ; nivartate — is freed.

Translation

One who desires a son attains a good son. One who desires wealth attains wealth. One who is imprisoned becomes free from prison. One who is diseased becomes cured of his disease.
Text 136

Verse text

ayutāvārta-pāṭhe ca
paṭalaṁ paddhatīṁ stotraṁ
kavacaṁ tu vidhāya ca
mahā-maṇḍala-bhartā syān
maṇḍito maṇḍaleśvaraih

Synonyms

ayuta — ten thousand ; āvārta — times ; pāṭhe — in reciting ; ca — and ; purāścarya-vidhānatah — after performing puraścarya ; homa — homa ; tarpaṇa — tarpaṇa ; godāna — giving cows in charity ; vipra — brāhmaṇas ; arcana — worshiping ; kṛta-udyamāt — than pious deeds ; paṭalam — paṭala ; paddhatīm — paddhatī ; stotram — stotra ; kavacam — kavaca ; tu — indeed ; vidhāya — doing ; ca — and ; mahā-maṇḍala-bhartā — a great king ; syān — becomes ; maṇḍitah — decorated ; maṇḍaleśvaraih — with many great kings.

Translation

purāścarya-vidhānatah homa-tarpaṇa-godāna- viprārcana-kṛtodyamāt One who performs purāścarya, recites the paṭala, paddhatī, stotra, and kavaca, recites these names ten thousand times, offers homa and tarpaṇa, gives cows in charity, and worships the brāhmaṇas becomes a great king decorated with a great host of vassal-kings.
Text 138

Verse text

mada-gandhena vihvalā
alaṅkaroti tad-dvaraṁ
bhramad-bhṛṅgāvalī bhṛśam

Synonyms

matta — maddened ; ibha — elephant ; karṇa — ears ; prahitā — sent ; mada-gandhena — with the sweet freagtance ; vihvalā — agitated ; alaṅkaroti — decorates ; tad-dvaram — his door ; bhramad-bhṛṅgāvalī — many flying bees ; bhṛśam — greatly.

Translation

mattebha-karṇa-prahitā Pushed by an elephant's ear, and maddened by the sweet fragrance they find there, a host of bees decorates his door.
Text 139

Verse text

niṣkāraṇah paṭhed yas tu
prīty-arthaṁ revatī-pateh
nāmnāṁ sahasraṁ rājendra
sa jīvan-mukta ucyate

Synonyms

niṣkāraṇah — without any motive ; paṭhet — recites ; yah — who ; tu — indeed ; prīty-artham — for the pleasure ; revatī-pateh — of Lord Balarāma ; nāmnām — of names ; sahasram — a thousand ; rājendra — O great king ; sa — he ; jīvan-mukta — liberated in this life ; ucyate — is said.

Translation

O great king, one who without any personal motive, only to please Lord Balarāma, recites these thousand names, is said to be liberated in this life.
Text 140

Verse text

sadā vaset tasya gṛhe
balabhadro 'cyutāgrajah
mahā-patāky api janah
paṭhen nāma-sahasrakam

Synonyms

sadā — eternally ; vaset — resides ; tasya — of him ; gṛhe — in the home ; balabhadrah — Lord Balarāma ; acyuta — of Lord Kṛṣṇa ; agrajah — the elder brother ; mahā-patāky — a great sinner ; api — even ; janah — a person ; paṭhet — recites ; nāma-sahasrakam — thousand names.

Translation

Lord Balarāma, the elder brother of Lord Kṛṣṇa, eternally resides in the home of even a great sinner who recites these thousand names.
Text 141

Verse text

chittvā meru-samaṁ pāpaṁ
bhuktvā sarva-sukhaṁ tv iha
parāt paraṁ mahā-rāja
golokaṁ dhāma yāti hi

Synonyms

chittvā — breaking ; meru-samam — like Mount Meru ; pāpam — sin ; bhuktvā — enjoying ; sarva-sukham — all happiness ; tv — indeed ; iha — here ; parāt — than the greatest ; param — greater ; mahā-rāja — O great king ; golokam — to Goloka ; dhāma — the realm ; yāti — goes ; hi — indeed.

Translation

O great king, that person destroys a host of sins equal to Mount Meru. He enjoys great happiness, and then He goes to the realm of Goloka, which is above the highest place in the spiritual world.
Text 142

Synonyms

śrī-nārada uvāca — Śrī Nārada said ; iti — thus ; śrutva acyutāgrajasya — hearing of Kṛṣṇa's elder brother ; baladevasya — of Lord Balarāma ; pañcāṅgam — five limbs ; dhṛtimān — self-controlled ; dhārtarāṣṭrah — the son of Dhrtarastra ; saparyāya — wor5shiping ; sahitāya — with ; parāya — great ; bhaktyā — devotion ; prāḍvipākam — Prāḍvipāka ; pūjayām āsa — worshiped ; tam — him ; anujṣāpya — taking permission ; āśiṣam — blessing ; dattvā — giving ; prāḍvipākah — Prāḍvipāka ; munīndrah — the sage ; gajāhvayāt — from Hastināpura ; svāśramam — to his own āśrama ; jagāma — went.

Translation

śrī-nārada uvāca iti śrutvacyutāgrajasya baladevasya pañcāṅgaṁ dhṛtimān dhārtarāṣṭrah saparyayā sahitayā parayā bhaktyā prāḍvipākaṁ pūjayām āsa tam anujṣāpyāśiṣaṁ dattvā prāḍvipāko munīndro gajāhvayāt svāśramaṁ jagāma. Śrī Nārada said: After hearing these five procedures for worshiping Lord Balarāma, the saintly son of Dhṛtarāṣṭtra worshiped Prāḍvipāka Muni with great devotion. After giving his blessings, Prāḍvipāka, the king of sages, left Hastināpura and returned to his own āśrama.
Text 143

Synonyms

bhagavatah — of the Supreme Personality of Godhead ; anantasya — Ananta ; balabhadrasya — Lord Balarāma ; para-brahmaṇah — the Supreme Brahman ; kathām — topics ; yah — one who ; śṛṇute — hears ; śrāvayate — causes others to hear ; tayā — by that ; ānanda-mayah — filled with bliss ; bhavati — becomes.

Translation

bhagavato 'nantasya balabhadrasya para-brahmaṇah kathāṁ yah śṛṇute śrāvayate tayānanda-mayo bhavati. One who hears or repeats these descriptions of limitless Lord Balarāma. the Supreme Personality of Godhead, becomes filled with bliss.
Text 144

Verse text

idaṁ mayā te kathitaṁ nṛpendra
sarvārthadaṁ śrī-balabhadra-khaṇḍam
śṛṇoti yo dhāma hareh sa yāti
viśokam ānandam akhaṇḍa-rūpam

Synonyms

idam — this ; mayā — by me ; te — to you ; kathitam — spoken ; nṛpendra — O great king ; sarvārthadam — giving all desires ; śrī-balabhadra — of Lord Balarāma ; khaṇḍam — the canto ; śṛṇoti — hears ; yah — one who ; dhāma — to the abode ; hareh — of Lord Kṛṣṇa ; sa — he ; yāti — goes ; viśokam — without sufferings ; ānandam — bliss ; akhaṇḍa — unbroken ; rūpam — form.

Translation

O great king, thus I have recited for you the Balarāma-khaṇḍa, which fulfills all desires. Anyone who hears it goes to Lord Kṛṣṇa transcendental abode, which is eternal, full of bliss, and free of any suffering. .pa
TEXT NUMBERS OF LORD BALARAMA'S THOUSAND NAMES

Verse text

(The name is placed first and the Text Number follows.)

Translation

Abhijit, 79 \ Acchedya, 69 \ Acyuta, 5 \ Acyutagraja, 6 \ Adahya, 69 \ Adbhuta, 93 \ Adhibhuta, 70 \ Adhidaiva, 70 \ Adhyatmaka, 70 \ Adi, 67 \ Advitiya, 14 \ Agha-nasaka, 106 \ Aghari, 36 \ Agni-pana, 37 \ Agraga, 126 \ Ahankara, 13 \ Ahuka, 114 \ Aila-vamsa-vivardhana, 94 \ Aindra, 80 \ Ajasra-sukha, 68 \ Ajata-satru, 56 \ Akledya, 69 \ Aksara, 68 \ Aksauhini-vrta, 122 \ Alankara, 92 \ Alpa-vigraha, 66 \ Ambarisanga, 94 \ Amlana-pankaja-dhara, 58 \ Amrta, 68 \ Amsamsa, 72 \ Anadi, 67 \ Anagha, 74 \ Ananda, 40, 67 \ Ananta, 11 \ Andhaka, 113 \ Andhaka-nivasa-krt, 113 \ Angira, 123 \ Aniruddha, 48 \ Antaratma, 12 \ Antra-mali, 85 \ Anuvisaya, 114 \ Apurna, 69 \ Arista-ha, 37 \ Asankhya-brahmanda-pati, 82 \ Asosya, 69 \ Asthita, 100, 124 \ Asupta, 109 \ Asurari, 30 \ Asvatantra, 130 \ Asvattha, 93 \ Atali, 17 \ Atiratha, 124 \ Atta-hasa, 128 \ Atyantika-maya, 73 \ Aupagavi-priya, 43 \ Avatara, 72 \ Avrta, 13 \ Avyaya, 12 \ Ayodhyadhipati, 34 \ \ Baddha-godhanguli-trana, 29 \ Bakari, 36 \ Bala, 8 \ Bala-keli, 102 \ Balabhadra, 5 \ Baladeva, 6 \ Bali, 7 \ Balistha-pusta-sarvanga, 50 \ Bana-varsi, 126 \ Bandha-moksi, 55 \ Bhagavan, 11 \ Bhagirathi, 62 \ Bhagna-danta, 128 \ Bhairava-sasana, 112 \ Bhairavakhya, 108 \ Bhakta-paradhina, 129 \ Bhakta-vatsala, 47 \ Bharata, 28 \ Bhargavottama, 25 \ Bhaskarodaya, 79 \ Bhata, 126 \ Bhavad, 66 \ Bhavisyat, 66 \ Bhavya, 38 \ Bhayanaka, 93 \ Bhimarthi, 60 \ Bhisak, 115 \ Bhogitala, 17 \ Bhoja, 113 \ Bhoja-vrsny-andhakesvara, 114 \ Bhu, 72 \ Bhumi-vaikuntha-deva, 82 \ Bhupari-sthita, 72 \ Bhuta, 66 \ Bhuta-sangha, 85 \ Bhutesa, 55 \ Bhuva, 72 \ Bibhatsi, 84 \ Bimbostha, 54 \ Bindu, 62 \ Bindu-sarovara, 62 \ Bodhaka, 71 \ Bodhi, 71 \ Brahma, 70 \ Brahma-dhara, 70 \ Brahma-pada-nisevaka, 120 \ Brahma-pada-rajah-sparsi, 120 \ Brahma-pada-rajo-dadhat, 119 \ Brahmaloka, 80 \ Brahmanya, 119 \ Brahmanya-deva, 119 \ Brahmastri, 124 \ Brhat, 66 \ Brhat-sanu, 77 \ Buddhi-sakha, 13 \ \ Caidya-satru, 56 \ Cala-jhankara-nupura, 88 \ Calat-khanjana-locana, 100 \ Candra-vamsi, 34 \ Canurari, 41 \ Carisnuman, 15 \ Catu, 123 \ Catur-bhuja, 43 \ Catur-murti, 12 \ Catur-veda, 12 \ Catur-vyuha, 12 \ Catus-pada, 12 \ Cesta-rupa-tanu-sthita, 71 \ Ceta, 13 \ Chanda, 90 \ Citkara, 16 \ Citra-kutaranya-nivasa-krt, 31 \ \ Dadhi-caurya-krta-srama, 101 \ Dadhi-harta, 101 \ Daksa-yajna-vighataka, 87 \ Dami, 102 \ Damodara, 102 \ Danadhyaksa, 46 \ Dandaka-mandalu, 85 \ Dandakesa, 31 \ Dandi, 21 \ Dani, 10 \ Dantavakra-nisudaka, 56 \ Dari-bhrn, 77 \ Dasarathi, 27 \ Dasarha, 113 \ Dattatreya, 25 \ Daya-nidhi, 52 \ Deva, 5 \ Deva-giri, 75 \ Deva-mangala, 25 \ Deva-sarma, 52 \ Devadatta, 18 \ Devaloka, 78 \ Devamaya, 80 \ Devasura-bhayankara, 125 \ Devatatma, 14 \ Dhanada, 59 \ Dhanadhyaksa, 46 \ Dhananjaya, 18 \ Dhanesvara, 46 \ Dhanvantari, 26 \ Dhanvi, 28 \ Dhanvinam, 48 \ Dhara, 15 \ Dharma-sastri, 90 \ Dhauta-vastra-samavrta, 97 \ Dhenukari, 36 \ Dhrta-natha, 46 \ Dhrtarasta, 18 \ Dhruva, 12, 80 \ Dhuli-dhusara-sarvanga, 103 \ Dhuri, 83 \ Dig-ambara, 98 \ Dipaka, 107 \ Divya-loka-vilokita, 99 \ Divya-racana, 99 \ Divyanga, 99 \ Dravayu, 22 \ Drsta, 66 \ Dugdha-hara, 101 \ Dugdha-pana, 37 \ Dundubhi, 113 \ Duryodhana-guru, 47 \ Dvaraka-duhkha-samharta, 118 \ Dvaraka-durga-sancari, 117 \ Dvaraka-graha-vigraha, 117 \ Dvaraka-jana-mangala, 118 \ Dvarakesa, 10 \ Dvipari-ha, 111 \ Dvitiya, 14 \ Dvividanga-nisudana, 51 \ Dyota, 113 \ \ Gada, 65 \ Gada-siksa-kara, 47 \ Gadagraja, 65 \ Gadhinam, 94 \ Gadya, 65 \ Gairisa, 75 \ Gaja-carma-dhara, 84 \ Gaja-hanta, 42 \ Gaja-koti-prayayi, 123 \ Gaji, 84 \ Gana, 71 \ Gana-natha, 75 \ Gandaki-snana-van, 58 \ Gandivi, 49 \ Ganga, 62 \ Ganga-sagara-sangarthi, 60 \ Garjita-svana, 129 \ Gata-sadhvasa, 105 \ Gatadhi, 94 \ Gauna, 68 \ Gautama, 89 \ Gavam-pati, 82 \ Gaya-sira, 59 \ Ghana-kancuka-sanghavan, 98 \ Gharghara-svana, 84 \ Giri, 75 \ Giri-dhara, 83 \ Giri-gahvara, 75 \ Girisa, 75 \ Go-ganasraya, 35 \ Goda, 60 \ Gokulesa, 35 \ Goloka-dhama-dhisana, 83 \ Golokanki-krtam-gana, 99 \ Golokesa, 82 \ Gomati-tira-vasa-krt, 57 \ Gopa, 35 \ Gopa-putra, 35 \ Gopa-vrndesa, 35 \ Gopala, 35 \ Gopati, 35 \ Gopika-kantha-bhusana, 83 \ Gopika-sata-yutharthi, 39 \ Gopisatavrta, 35 \ Govardhana-samuddharta, 39 \ Gudha-vyudha, 68 \ Guna, 68 \ Guna-nidhi, 65 \ Guna-patra, 65 \ Gunabhasa, 68 \ Gunakara, 65 \ Gunarnava, 65 \ Gunatita, 67 \ Gunavrta, 68 \ Gurvi, 47 \ \ Halayudha, 5 \ Hali, 7 \ Hamsa, 24 \ Hanumat-prita-manasa, 32 \ Hari, 7, 23 \ Hari-dasa-sahaya-krt, 56 \ Harina, 23 \ Harsi, 30 \ Hasta, 79 \ Hastinapura-sankarsi, 52 \ Hasya, 93 \ Hemarcita, 75 \ Hindola, 108 \ Hrsta, 50 \ Hunkara, 129 \ Hy, 12 \ \ Ilvalatmaja-hanta, 64 \ Indriyesa, 14 \ \ Jagad-bandhu, 119 \ Jagad-bharta, 118 \ Jagad-bhrata, 119 \ Jagan-mata, 118 \ Jagan-mitra, 119 \ Jagara, 109 \ Jagat-pita, 118 \ Jagat-sakha, 119 \ Jagat-trata, 118 \ Jaitram, 124 \ Jala-kolahali, 104 \ Jamadagnya, 63 \ Jambavan, 111 \ Jambu, 63 \ Jambudvipa, 111 \ Jambukasanki, 111 \ Jana, 72 \ Janaki-virahatura, 33 \ Janesvara, 57 \ Jarudhi, 76 \ Jayakula, 78 \ Jayanta-krt, 78 \ Jayantanga, 78 \ Jayanti-dig, 78 \ Jayi, 64 \ Jita-pada, 81 \ Jivatma, 12 \ Jnanam, 14 \ Jnapaka, 70 \ Jvara, 110 \ Jvara-jit, 110 \ Jvara-karta, 110 \ Jvara-varjita, 110 \ Jvara-yuk, 110 \ Jyahata-kosthaka, 28 \ Jyoti, 46 \ Jyotismati-bharta, 46 \ \ Kabandhaha, 31 \ Kairavesvara, 49 \ Kaka-paksa-dhara, 103 \ Kakutstha, 27 \ Kala, 21, 129 \ Kala-hanta, 42 \ Kalagni, 22 \ Kalaksara, 108 \ Kalanjara, 77 \ Kalanka-ha, 42 \ Kali, 21 \ Kali-priya, 21 \ Kalindi-bhedana, 8 \ Kalindi-kula-viksana, 103 \ Kaliyantaka, 40 \ Kalki, 26 \ Kalpa-vrksa, 48 \ Kalpa-vrksa-vana-prabhu, 48 \ Kalpa-vrksi, 48 \ Kalpanta-bhairava, 86 \ Kama-pala, 5 \ Kamatha, 25 \ Kambalasva, 18 \ Kamsa-bhratr-nihanta, 42 \ Kamsa-hanta, 42 \ Kamsa-kodanda-bhanjana, 41 \ Kamsari, 40 \ Kana-nama-bhak, 89 \ Kanadi, 89 \ Kanakangadi, 20 \ Kanka, 76 \ Kapata-vaksa, 55 \ Kapila, 25 \ Kari-karna-marut-prejat-kuntala-vyapta-kundala, 125 \ Karindra-kara-kodanda, 54 \ Karma, 14 \ Karuna-sindhu, 27 \ Kasi-natha, 112 \ Kataki, 20 \ Katisutri, 20 \ Katyayana, 23 \ Kaurava-pujita, 52 \ Kausalyananda-vardhana, 27 \ Kausi, 97, 112 \ Kausika, 112 \ Kavaci, 28 \ Kaveri, 61 \ Kavi, 70 \ Kavya-krn, 91 \ Kesi-satru, 37 \ Khadga-khadnita-sarvanga, 127 \ Khadgi, 28 \ Khanda-mandali, 21 \ Kharparasi, 87 \ Kiranasa, 54 \ Klista-vapu, 127 \ Kosalendra, 26 \ Koti-brahmanda-karaka, 82 \ Koti-kandarpa-lavanya, 20 \ Krsna, 24, 62 \ Krta-svotsanga-ga, 100 \ Krtamala, 61 \ Krtanta-kala-sanghari, 86 \ Kruddha, 51 \ Ksami, 47 \ Kuli, 104 \ Kumbhanda-khandana-kara, 49 \ Kumuda-bandhava, 78 \ Kundali, 21 \ Kundali-bhuta, 100 \ Kunta-dhari, 84 \ Kupakarna-prahara-krt, 49 \ Kurma, 24 \ Kuruksetra-pati, 63 \ Kusa, 112 \ Kusa-dhari, 112 \ Kusa-vigraha, 112 \ Kusasthali-pati, 112 \ Kusmanda-gana-samvrta, 85 \ Kuta, 86 \ Kuta-hanta, 41 \ \ Lagudi, 7 \ Laksanartha, 92 \ Lanka-dahana-tat-para, 33 \ Lavanari, 34 \ Laya, 22, 73 \ Lila-dhara, 83 \ Lohargala-vanadhipa, 105 \ Loka, 100 \ Lokalokacalasrita, 81 \ \ Mada-ghurnita-locana, 19 \ Madana, 48 \ Madhava, 9 \ Madhu-madhava-sevita, 50 \ Madhusrava, 19 \ Madotkata, 125 \ Magadhari, 43 \ Maha, 72 \ Maha-bhuja, 18 \ Maha-mana, 10, 13 \ Maha-muni, 63 \ Maha-punya, 61 \ Maha-raja-cchatra-dhara, 53 \ Maha-rajopalaksana, 53 \ Maha-vayu, 71 \ Maha-vibhuti, 55 \ Maha-vira, 6, 71 \ Maha-visnu, 24 \ Mahahi, 22 \ Maharatha, 124 \ Mahatala, 17 \ Mahaugha, 15 \ Mahavana-nivasi, 105 \ Mahogra-vak, 114 \ Mainaka, 76 \ Maithilarcita-padabja, 47 \ Mala-kosaka, 107 \ Malla-yuddha-pravartaka, 42 \ Mana-pramana, 108 \ Manada, 47 \ Manak, 130 \ Manda, 48 \ Mandara, 77 \ Mani, 10 \ Mani-dhara, 16 \ Mani-hara, 16 \ Mantra-visarada, 44 \ Mantri, 44 \ Manu, 74 \ Manu-suta, 74 \ Manvantaravatara, 74 \ Manya, 49 \ Mardala, 126 \ Marica-vadha-karaka, 29 \ Matanga-vana-sancari, 32 \ Mathura, 100 \ Mathura-darsi, 100 \ Mathuresa, 10 \ Matsya, 25 \ Megha-mallara, 107 \ Megha-mandala, 54 \ Meru, 75 \ Mimamsi, 89 \ Mrda, 86 \ Mrdanisa, 86 \ Mrdu, 108 \ Mrga, 79 \ Mukta-kesa, 103 \ Mukti-natha, 106 \ Mukuti, 21 \ Munda-mali, 85 \ Muni, 24, 31 \ Muni-priya, 31 \ Murari, 48 \ Musali, 7 \ Mustikari, 41 \ \ Nadi, 62 \ Naga-kanya-samarcita, 20 \ Naimisaranya-yatrarthi, 57 \ Naimittika, 73 \ Naiyayika, 89 \ Naksatresa, 79 \ Nana-candana-gandhadhya, 96 \ Nana-kauseya-vesa-dhrk, 97 \ Nana-mani-samakirna, 95 \ Nana-padma-kara, 97 \ Nana-puspa-dhara, 95 \ Nana-puspa-rasarcita, 96 \ Nana-ratna-vibhusana, 95 \ Nana-varna-maya, 96 \ Nana-vastra-dhara, 96 \ Nanda, 40 \ Nanda-raja-suta, 40 \ Nanda-vardhana, 40 \ Nandikesvara, 77 \ Nara, 26 \ Nara-narayanasrama, 63 \ Narada, 24 \ Naravesa, 72 \ Narayana, 26 \ Narayanastri, 124 \ Narmada, 62 \ Nataka-prada, 91 \ Navanita-sitasana, 101 \ Naya, 89 \ Neta, 32 \ Nilambara, 6 \ Nirakara, 14 \ Niranjana, 14 \ Nirantara, 67 \ Nirguna, 66 \ Nirjara, 110 \ Nirodha, 73 \ Nirupama, 99 \ Nirvikalpaka, 67 \ Nirvikara, 68 \ Nisangi, 28 \ Nitya, 68 \ Nivartaka, 69 \ Nivata-kavacesvara, 21 \ Nrsimha, 26 \ Nupuri, 20 \ \ Pada-sphota, 92 \ Padma-mali, 19 \ Padma-pada-sphurad-dyuti, 55 \ Padma-pani, 7 \ Padma-varti, 123 \ Padmaksa, 19 \ Pakvimabha, 23 \ Pampa, 62 \ Pancavati-pati, 32 \ Pandita, 88 \ Pandu-putra-sahaya-krt, 43 \ Panini, 22 \ Panka-prangana-lepaka, 104 \ Papa-ghna, 56 \ Para, 11 \ Parama, 11 \ Paramatma, 12 \ Paramesvara, 10 \ Parasari-samhita-vit, 91 \ Paresa, 10 \ Paribhadraka, 76 \ Parijataka, 77 \ Paripurnatama, 11 \ Parna, 98 \ Parya, 115 \ Pasu-pati, 86 \ Pataha-vaditra, 129 \ Patala, 17 \ Patanga, 76 \ Patanjali, 22 \ Patta-dhara, 128 \ Patta-rajni-pati, 128 \ Patu, 128 \ Paulastya, 59 \ Paundraka-ghataka, 51 \ Pauranika, 91 \ Payasvini, 61 \ Phani, 16 \ Phani-raja, 15 \ Phanindra, 15 \ Phanisvara, 16 \ Phutkari, 16 \ Pinaka-tankara-kara, 88 \ Pinamsa, 55 \ Pitosnisa, 98 \ Pitr-vakya-kara, 30 \ Plaksa, 111 \ Plaksavanesvara, 111 \ Prabala, 8 \ Prabhasa, 62 \ Prabhavati-baddha-kara, 102 \ Prabhavisnu, 24 \ Prabhu, 16 \ Pracanda, 54 \ Pradhanam, 13 \ Pradyota, 113 \ Praharsita, 50 \ Prahlada-raksaka, 94 \ Praja-bharta, 117 \ Praja-palana-tat-para, 117 \ Prajarthada, 117 \ Prakrte, 11 \ Prakrti, 13, 90 \ Prakrtika, 73 \ Pralambaghna, 6 \ Pralambari, 36 \ Pralaya, 22 \ Pramathesa, 86 \ Prarthya, 115 \ Pratapavan, 6 \ Pratibhata, 126 \ Pratici, 61 \ Pratima-panca-samyuta, 122 \ Pratyag-dhama, 67 \ Prayaga-tirtha-raja, 59 \ Preraka, 71 \ Priyatama, 105 \ Procya, 126 \ Prthu, 25 \ Pulahasrama, 59 \ Punarvasu, 79 \ Purana, 10 \ Purna, 10 \ Purusa, 10 \ Purusottama, 11 \ Puskara, 63 \ Puspa-dhanva, 95 \ Puspakastha, 33 \ Puspi, 95 \ Pusta, 50 \ Pusya, 79 \ Putanari, 36 \ \ Raga-putra, 107 \ Raga-satka, 107 \ Raghavendra, 26 \ Raghudvaha, 26 \ Ragini-ramanotsuka, 107 \ Raivata-jamata, 50 \ Raivati-harsa-vardhana, 45 \ Rajakari, 41 \ Rajendra, 27 \ Rajiva-locana, 31 \ Raktosnisa, 98 \ Rama, 5, 31, 63, 81 \ Ramabhadra, 5 \ Ramacandra, 26 \ Rana-durmada, 126 \ Rana-slaghi, 124 \ Ranga-natha, 106 \ Ranga-ranjana, 106 \ Rangavalli-jalakara, 66 \ Ranodbhata, 124 \ Rasa-mandala-madhya-stha, 38 \ Rasa-mandala-mandana, 38 \ Rasatala, 17 \ Ratha-koti-jaya-dhvaja, 123 \ Rathi, 52 \ Ratna-kambala-dhari, 97 \ Rauhineya, 6 \ Ravanari, 33 \ Ravanyari, 33 \ Revatadri-vihara-krt, 46 \ Revati-citta-harta, 45 \ Revati-prana-natha, 45 \ Revati-priya-karaka, 45 \ Revati-ramana, 5 \ Rodha, 73 \ Rohini-lalita, 38 \ Rsabha, 25 \ Rugna-vajra, 128 \ \ Sabha-bhasa, 116 \ Sabha-candra, 116 \ Sabha-deva, 116 \ Sabha-dipa, 116 \ Sabha-pati, 116 \ Sabha-ravi, 116 \ Sabha-sila, 116 \ Sabhagni, 116 \ Sad-aksara, 127 \ Sad-anana, 87 \ Sada, 96 \ Sadhu, 105, 129 \ Sadhu-bhusana, 129 \ Sadhu-cari, 131 \ Sadhu-citta, 131 \ Sadhu-dhana, 130 \ Sadhu-grasta-mana, 130 \ Sadhu-jnati, 130 \ Sadhu-priya, 130 \ Sadhu-vasi, 131 \ Sadhumaya, 130 \ Sadhv-isa, 105 \ Sadhya, 80, 105 \ Saguna, 66 \ Sahasra-phana-mandita, 15 \ Sahasra-vadana, 8 \ Saila-sattama, 76 \ Saindhava, 63 \ Sakhi, 13 \ Sakra-jid, 39 \ Saksat, 11 \ Saksi, 13 \ Sakti-hasta, 87 \ Sala-bahu, 57 \ Salari, 41 \ Salmali, 111 \ Salmali-dvipa, 111 \ Salva-hanta, 57 \ Sama, 67 \ Sama-buddhi, 69 \ Sama-drn, 67 \ Sama-prabha, 69 \ Samantoddhrta-paduka, 123 \ Sambhava, 74 \ Sambhu-kodanda-bhanjana, 29 \ Samhara-kadru, 22 \ Sami, 109 \ Samiksana, 55 \ Samrat, 15 \ Samya, 67 \ Sanaka, 25 \ Sanghata, 13 \ Sanghavan, 13 \ Sankarsana, 5 \ Sankha-cakra-gada-dhara, 44 \ Sankhacuda-vadhodyata, 39 \ Sankhacudabha, 18 \ Sankhya-sastri, 89 \ Sanku, 74 \ Santana, 77 \ Sapta-godavari-pati, 60 \ Sarayu, 59 \ Sarayupama, 61 \ Sarga, 73 \ Sargadi, 73 \ Sari, 28 \ Sarma, 14 \ Sartha, 69 \ Sartha-vit, 92 \ Sarva, 51 \ Sarva-laksana, 27 \ Sarva-niti-jna, 114 \ Sarva-sastrartha-tattva-ga, 90 \ Sarvaga, 69 \ Sarvavit, 69 \ Sarvopama, 99 \ Sasi, 78 \ Sastra-bhasya-kara, 22 \ Sasvata, 11 \ Sata-kratu, 109 \ Sata-yama, 109 \ Satananda, 109 \ Satru-nirbhartsanodyata, 128 \ Satru-sandha, 56 \ Satru-tapana, 28 \ Satrughna, 28 \ Sattvam, 115 \ Satvata, 113 \ Satvatam-pati, 113 \ Satyam, 72 \ Saumitri, 28 \ Saumya, 43 \ Sesa, 11 \ Setu-bandhana, 59 \ Setubandha, 33 \ Sevya, 50 \ Siddha-gita, 53 \ Siddha-katha, 53 \ Siddhasrama, 62 \ Sikata-bhumi-cari, 102 \ Sikhandi, 21 \ Sikhari, 51 \ Silpi, 51 \ Sira-pani, 7 \ Sisira, 76 \ Sisu, 38 \ Sisumara, 80 \ Sita, 80 \ Sitosnisa, 98 \ Sivarthada, 87 \ Smrti-kara, 91 \ Snigdha, 94 \ Sodasabda, 127 \ Sona-sampluta, 58 \ Sphita, 106 \ Sphota-vrtti, 92 \ Sphotayana, 23 \ Sphurad-danta, 17 \ Sphurja, 110 \ Sphurti, 16 \ Sragvi, 58 \ Sravana, 79 \ Sri-raga, 107 \ Sri-vrndavana-sancari, 104 \ Sridhara, 83 \ Srimal, 34 \ Srisa, 40 \ Srngara, 93 \ Sruta, 66 \ Srutisvara, 88 \ Sthanu, 15 \ Su-kirti, 106 \ Su-puspita, 95 \ Su-smita-cchavi, 54 \ Su-yasa, 106 \ Subala, 76 \ Subha, 80 \ Subhaspada, 131 \ Sudama-saukhya-dayaka, 64 \ Sudha-ghana, 130 \ Sudha-sindhu, 79 \ Sudharmadhipati, 115 \ Sudhi, 103 \ Sugriva, 32 \ Sugriva-sakha, 32 \ Sukla, 80 \ Sukla-camara-vijita, 53 \ Sula-sucy-arpita-gaja, 84 \ Sunandi, 51 \ Suprabha, 61 \ Supta, 109 \ Sura, 27 \ Suralaya, 75 \ Surarcita, 34 \ Surasena, 114 \ Surya-vamsi, 34 \ Susupta, 109 \ Sutalesa, 17 \ Sutali, 16 \ Sutoyada, 126 \ Sva, 72 \ Svaccha, 93 \ Svapna, 109 \ Svara-gamya, 108 \ Svara-jati-smara, 108 \ Svarat, 8 \ Svasrayasraya, 70 \ Svatantra, 129 \ Svayambhu, 74 \ Svayambhuva-sahaya-krt, 74 \ Sveta-varna, 6 \ Svetadvipa, 81 \ Syamalanga, 43 \ Syami, 109 \ Syandanam, 124 \ Symantaka-mani, 49 \ \ Takra-bhuk, 101 \ Takra-hari, 101 \ Tala, 108 \ Talanka, 7 \ Talatala, 17 \ Tali, 16 \ Tamraparni, 60 \ Tapa, 72 \ Taraksa, 54 \ Tarka-vidvan, 88 \ Taru-raja, 77 \ Tatakari, 30 \ Tirtha-yayi, 57 \ Tosalantaka, 41 \ Trata, 27 \ Trayo-vimsatika, 71 \ Tri-jvara, 110 \ Tridha, 72 \ Trikuta, 76 \ Triloka-vijayi, 64 \ Trisuli, 84 \ Triveni, 61 \ Trnavarta-nipataka, 36 \ \ Uddhava-sakha, 44 \ Ugrasena, 114 \ Ugrasena-priya, 115 \ Ujjvala, 93 \ Urangama, 23 \ Urdhvaga, 8 \ Urja, 110 \ Urvara, 109 \ Utiman, 73 \ Uttariya-dhara, 98 \ \ Vaca, 90 \ Vada, 89 \ Vadi, 89 \ Vai, 88 \ Vaidhrti, 79 \ Vaidya, 91 \ Vaijayanti-virajita, 58 \ Vaikuntha, 23 \ Vaikuntha-natha, 81 \ Vaikuntha-nayaka, 81 \ Vaisesika, 90 \ Vaiyakarana-krt, 90 \ Vaiyyasa, 90 \ Vajra-bhedana, 127 \ Vajranga, 127 \ Vakya-sphota, 92 \ Vamana, 23 \ Vamsi-vadya-visarada, 34 \ Vamsivata-tata-sthita, 104 \ Vanamali, 19 \ Vanecara, 30 \ Vara, 48, 94 \ Varaha, 24 \ Varanasi-gata, 51 \ Varna, 96 \ Varuni-mada-mattanga, 19 \ Vasanta-malati-karsi, 65 \ Vasu, 9 \ Vasudeva, 9 \ Vasudeva-kalananta, 8 \ Vasuki, 18 \ Vasumati-bharta, 9 \ Vasuttama, 9 \ Vatodaka, 60 \ Vatsa-vrnda, 103 \ Veda-pathi, 88 \ Vedanta-krt, 89 \ Vegatara, 18 \ Veni, 60, 61 \ Venu-vadana, 7 \ Vetala-bhrd, 85 \ Vibhisana-sahaya-krt, 30 \ Vidya-visarada, 91 \ Vigadhi, 94 \ Vijvara, 110 \ Vilaksana, 80 \ Vindhya, 76 \ Vipasi, 58 \ Vipra, 122 \ Vipra-bhakta, 122 \ Vipra-gita-maha-katha, 121 \ Vipra-guru, 122 \ Vipra-hita, 121 \ Vipra-mukhya, 121 \ Vipra-pada-jalardranga, 121 \ Vipra-padanuga, 122 \ Vipra-padodaka-priya, 121 \ Vipra-seva-parayana, 120 \ Vipranghri-jala-putanga, 120 \ Vira, 8 \ Vira-bhadra, 87 \ Vira-ghosa, 127 \ Vira-ha, 44 \ Vira-mathana, 44 \ Vira-sammarda, 126 \ Viradhari, 30 \ Virat, 15 \ Visarga, 73 \ Visasi, 87 \ Visesa-vit, 24 \ Visnu, 24 \ Visva-dharma, 52 \ Visva-jid, 64 \ Visva-karma, 52 \ Visva-natha, 64 \ Vitali, 16 \ Vittalesa, 106 \ Vraja-raksaka, 39 \ Vrajarbhaka, 102 \ Vrajesvara, 36 \ Vrddha, 25 \ Vrndavana-latasrita, 37 \ Vrsa, 86 \ Vrsabhanu-vara, 40 \ Vrsni, 113 \ Vrsni-cakravrta, 115 \ Vrsni-vallabha, 9 \ Vrtra-ha, 78 \ Vyali, 85 \ Vyangya-viddhanavad-dhvani, 92 \ Vyapaka, 70 \ Vyapi, 81 \ Vyatipata, 80 \ Vyomasura-vinasa-krt, 37 \ \ Yadavendra, 9 \ Yadu-sabha-pati, 115 \ Yadu-vara, 7 \ Yaduttama, 9 \ Yajna, 23 \ Yajna-bharta, 29 \ Yajna-trata, 29 \ Yajnika, 23 \ Yasasvi, 106 \ Yasomati-suta, 38 \ Yava-bhoji, 93 \ Yava-krita, 93 \ Yavana-ha, 43 \ Yavasana, 93 \ Yoddha, 122 \ Yogesvara, 24 \ Yuddha-bhrd, 44 \ Yuddha-vira, 125

Gopal Champu

Chapter Twenty- Balarāma Returns to Vraja

[1-3] In the morning discussion, Snigdhakaṇṭha began to think energetically, in order to introduce the auspicious topics of Balarāma’s return to Vraja.

“Śukadeva has described the reason for his coming:

balabhadraḥ kuru-śreṣṭha bhagavān ratham āsthitaḥ |

suhṛd-didṛkṣur utkaṇṭhaḥ prayayau nanda-gokulam ||

O best of the Kurus, once Lord Balarāma, eager to visit his well-wishing friends, mounted his chariot and traveled to Nanda Gokula. SB 10.65.1

He did everything in Vraja and Dvārakā according to the advice of Kṛṣṇa. He did not act independently. Vaiśampāyana says in Hari-vaṁsa:

kasyacit tv atha kālasya smṛtvā gopeṣu sauhṛdam |

jagāmaiko vrajaṁ rāmaḥ kṛṣṇasyānumate sthitaḥ ||

Remembering the friendship of the cowherds, Balarāma went to Vraja alone for some time, with the permission of Kṛṣṇa. Hari-vaṁśa 2.46.1

I will explain this event accordingly.”

[4] Then causing excitement in Nanda, Kṛṣṇa and others, he began speaking:

The great mutual longing of Kṛṣṇa and the people of Vraja that was previously described also applies to Balarāma and the residents of Vraja. When Balarāma revealed his eagerness to go in secret to Vraja, Kṛṣṇa pacified him by saying, “Today or tomorrow I will send you there.”

[5-6] One day, yearning to go there, he informed Kṛṣṇa privately while weeping with a choking voice. “O Kṛṣṇa! You did not go at once to satisfy Nanda and Yaśodā. That has burned their hearts. I do not understand your intentions. It seems you have forgotten all about them.” ||1||

[7] Kṛṣṇa said, “Oh! Oh! That love for Vraja is always within me! How can I separate it from me? But Nanda also says that it is not proper to go against the wishes of Vasudeva and Devakī. They never want me to go to Vraja. In order that I do not act against both of their desires, I cannot go to Vraja. Therefore I suffer. If you can adjust their desires, I will be glad to go immediately to Vraja.”

[8] Balarāma wanted Vasudeva and Devakī to give their consent for him and Kṛṣṇa to go to Vraja. He did not get permission for Kṛṣṇa to go. Thinking a great disaster would result if they allowed only him, with some anger he spoke to them.

“O mother and father! What is the difference between Kṛṣṇa and me? I am also the child of Nanda and Yaśodā.” ||2||

[9] He informed his brother: “On your request, I have avoided going to Vraja for a long time, stopping my feet from moving towards the place. Our parents have not given permission for you to go. Therefore please give permission for me alone to see the people of Vraja.”

[10] Informing Rohiṇī of everything, Kṛṣṇa then embraced Balarāma and, lamenting his own bad character, spoke with sadness on his face, remembering Nanda and others. First he spoke about Balarāma’s herding pastimes and the service of his many friends, using joking words:

“O greatest of lords, just see how these trees are bowing their heads at your lotus feet, which are worshipable by the immortal demigods. The trees are offering you their fruits and flowers to eradicate the dark ignorance that has caused their birth as trees. But above all, you have embraced the young cowherd women between your two arms–a favor hankered after by the goddess of fortune herself.” SB 10.15.8

Then he spoke of the horikā pastimes after killing Śaṅkhacūḍa, where shame from the viewpoint of scripture and common custom was overcome. This is described in the Bhāgavatam:

kadācid atha govindo rāmaś cādbhuta-vikramaḥ

vijahratur vane rātryāṁ madhya-gau vraja-yoṣitāṁ

Once Lord Govinda and Lord Rāma, the performers of wonderful feats, were playing in the forest at night with the young girls of Vraja. SB 10.34.20

Thus, he reminded Balarāma of their joyful companionship to extinguish the pain of separation, by taking representative, joyful events involving singing, joking and seeing which produced happiness. After that he expressed what he wanted:

The creator is against me, and thus you go from Dvārakā to Vraja alone. You, the elder brother, will bring me to Vraja. Your going first will bring me there quickly.||3||

Though I have consoled the people of Vraja through the mouth of Uddhava, you must give sweet instructions to Vraja, for you are more attracted to Vraja than I. ||4||

If you cannot completely satisfy them with your words, then promise them that I will come. If you see that they are still troubled, I will appear there as a sphūrti by my power. ||5||

If these methods of consolation do not work, do other actions on my request: accept for yourself those girls who are still quite young. ||6||

I have eagerly told them to you by name. The gopīs on your chest at the horikā festival gave pleasure to your eyes. ||7||

Filled with fresh prema, they have not had their desires fulfilled, for you were not aware of my heart filled with constant conjugal pastimes in Vraja. ||8||

Oh! Do not say, “I cannot do this since all the people of Vraja will see.” They will fulfill your desires. ||9||

[11] Until you live continually in Vraja with me, establish yourself in this way with some of the gopīs who are objects of your mercy. But do this secretly to cheat the cruel people. Get on your chariot alone and go quickly, so that no one will see. Going there, dress yourself as a cowherd with forest flowers and leaves. Then all will be accomplished.

[12] Saying this, anxious for the time that he also could go, he pleased Balarāma by accompanying him for a distance, and then with tears in his eyes entered his house.

[13] Balarāma went quickly on his chariot, so fast that travelers could barely see him, and finally reached the houses on the edge of Vraja. Secretly he changed in a cowherd form suitable to his mood as a cowherd. This is described in Hari-vaṁsa:

sa praviṣṭas tu vegena taṁ vrajaṁ kṛṣṇa-pūrvajaḥ |

vanyena ramaṇīyena veṣeṇālaṅkṛtaḥ prabhuḥ ||

Balarāma quickly entered Vraja dressed in attractive forest clothing. Hari-vaṁśa 2.46.3

[14] When Balarāma arrived, everyone gathered around and was happy to see him in cowherd dress, while longing to see Kṛṣṇa who would come later. It is understood that with Kṛṣṇa’s absence they felt pained, but since the topic splits my heart, I will not speak of this.

[15] The best of the intelligent, Balarāma, understanding their longing for Kṛṣṇa, compassionately informed Nanda and others of his arrival from a distance. Understanding he had arrived, they immediately gathered around him with joyful hearts along with their families. With their showers of tears externally and their melted hearts, they softened Balarāma, holder of the plough, supporter of the earth. Affectionate Balarāma became the topic of their discussion, so that even today those words are like a lotus in the river of his fame. After a few moments when priests and others offered kind words, their sons gathered and everyone shouted blessings. They exchanged heart-felt respects, uttering Balarāṁa’s and Kṛṣṇa’s name. After introducing themselves, they relieved him of his travel fatigue.

[16] His parents spoke: “O Dāśārha! You bring joy to the whole universe by your powers. May you and Kṛṣṇa protect us!” Nanda and Yaśodā bathed him in their words mixed with tears like streams of nectar. ||10||

Just as he offered respect to elders like Upananda, boys like Raktaka offered respects to him in joy. Those of Balarāma’s age exchanged friendship as equals. ||11||

It was Balarāma. When offered respects uttering Kṛṣṇa’s name, they took him as the equivalent of Kṛṣṇa in the confusion of their joy. ||12||

[17] They took Balarāma to the house and satisfied him with fragrant water. Then, to get relief from fatigue, they had him bathe, fed him and offered him betel nut.

[18] Resting for a time in a private house, he then got up and, going through the inner chambers, came to Nanda’s assembly. Nanda and others began asking about his health while shedding tears.

[19] Yaśodā said, “O Balarāma! Is your mother well? Is she taking care of you and Kṛṣṇa? Ah! If you are near me and Kṛṣṇa is near her by his will, I can experience happiness of presence of both of you directly.” ||13||

[20] Balarāma answered, “O mother! If you are near me what is the use of Rohiṇī? And if you are not near me, what is the use of Rohiṇī? Because of this, after some time I will bring Kṛṣṇa to you when the slightest opportunity arises.” ||14||

[21] Nanda said, “O son! After killing all the enemies and making the Yadus happy, how many enemies remain? If you two were to come to Vraja together and we could see you as previously, we would be saved from death.” ||15||

[22] He answered, “How many enemies remain for Kṛṣṇa who killed all the best warriors from Kaṁsa to Naraka? There are Paundraka, Śiśupāla, the king of Kāśī, Sālva, Jarāsandha and Dvivida.” ||16||

[23] After spending the night in discussions on many topics giving joy and sorrow, thinking of the benefit of Vraja, Balarāma with great desire visited all the houses separately to meet with his friends.

[24] He met the elders, their wives, the younger cowherds and his friends, and asked how they were. They also inquired from him about his health. The mind of the gentleman is one with his relatives. ||17||

Balarāma understood that the people of Vraja, for attaining Kṛṣṇa, were without enjoyment internally but cared for the cows externally to please him. Tears gushed from his eyes. ||18||

[25] Vyāsa says:

viśrāntaṁ sukham āsīnaṁ papracchuḥ paryupāgatāḥ |

pṛṣṭāś cānāmayaṁ sveṣu prema-gadgadayā girā |

kṛṣṇe kamala-patrākṣe sannyastākhila-rādhasaḥ ||

Then, after resting, the Lord accepted a comfortable seat, and they all gathered around him. With voices faltering out of love for him, those cowherds, who had dedicated everything to lotus-eyed Kṛṣṇa, asked about the health of their dear ones in Dvārakā, and Balarāma in turn asked about the cowherds’ welfare. SB 10.65.5-6

[26] When Balarāma inquired, the elders replied as follows: “Killing Kaṁsa, Kṛṣṇa freed our friends countless times and gave them great happiness. In Dvārakā you now enjoy with your wealth and sons. By those pastimes we have attained happiness. But what happiness do we get from remembering that you are there?” ||18||

[27] The younger residents said, “We had faith that today or tomorrow you two would return. We pass our time till then, maintaining our lives. Holding your feet we pray that you bring Kṛṣṇa from Dvārakā and do not go anywhere else.” ||20||

[28] His friends said, “Will you and Kṛṣṇa meet with any of us? Why do we have no attraction for the play that we had before you went to Mathurā? Our lives and the cows’ lives are now in a precarious position. Restore us so we can live and play as we did before.” ||21||

[29] The details are understood from Hari-vaṁsa:

taṁ ūcuḥ sthavirāḥ gopāḥ priyaṁ madhura-bhāṣiṇaḥ |

rāmaṁ ramayatāṁ śreṣṭhaṁ pravāsāt punar āgatam ||

svāgataṁ te mahā-bāho ….

diṣṭyā te nihatā mallāḥ kaṁsaś ca vinipātinaḥ |

ugraseno ’bhiṣiktaś ca māhātmyenānujena vai |

samudre ca śruto ’smābhis timinā saha vigrahaḥ ||

When Balarāma, the best among givers of bliss and with sweet speech, returned to Vraja from far away, the elder cowherd spoke to him. “Welcome! Your glorious brother killed the wrestlers and Kaṁsa and installed Ugrasena on the throne. We have heard that he fought with a big fish in the ocean. Hari-vaṁśa 2.46.6,11-12

It is also said there in the middle of the text:

pratyuvāca tato rāmaḥ sarvāṁs tān abhitaḥ sthitān |

yādaveṣv api sarveṣu bhavanto mama bāndhavāḥ || |

Balarāma answered all of the people who were around him, “Among all the Yadus, you are my friends.” Hari-vaṁśa 2.46.17

[31] The reciter thought to himself: “The words ‘returned from far away’ in Hari-vaṁsa indicate that the situation was between Balarāma and the cowherds was the same as previously, what to speak of when Kṛṣṇa would return. ‘Among all the Yadus’ (locative case) indicates ‘among all the kṣatriya Yadus.’ However it also can indicate difference, with the meaning of the ablative case ‘You are my friends more than the Yadus.’ Similarly one may say ‘The people of Mathurā are wealthier than the people of Sraughna.’ Some like Upananda of course were considered Yadus.”

He then spoke aloud:

Thus half the day Balarāma would speak with the elders politely, and with the juniors, with affection. He would speak with friends while laughing and holding their hands. After that he went to Nanda’s house, finished his meals and went to the assembly, making the members, as well as those outside and inside, happy by telling about the conquests of Kṛṣṇa. With Yaśodā’s permission, he then went to sleep.

But even though Balarāma played with the cowherds in Vraja, he was not happy internally, for Kṛṣṇa was his eyes and the cowherds’ eyes (for without him, they were blind). ||22||

Sad in separation from Kṛṣṇa, Balarāma simply looked at the cows in the morning and evening but did not herd them. ||23||

In the morning we will speak on another topic.

[32] Snigdhakaṇṭha thus concluded, “O Nanda! Balarāma who does not consider himself Balarāma without the presence of Kṛṣṇa, the life of all, is attached to Kṛṣṇa and is next to you, showing affection for you.” ||24||

[33] In the assembly of Rādhā and Kṛṣṇa, Snigdhakaṇṭha spoke:

When Kṛṣṇa instructed Balarāma, who was eager to go to Vraja, to pacify all the people of Vraja without mentioning the gopīs, Balarāma heard those instructions with tears in his eyes. “Oh! You, as if without pain, will not speak to those women whom we hear have almost died because of pains of separation?”

[34] Kṛṣṇa shyly looked at Uddhava’s face. Clever Uddhava said, “I will inform him.”

[35] Following Balarāma when he went to his room, Uddhava described to him the condition of beloved gopīs according to the conclusions indicated by Kṛṣṇa when Uddhava had the opportunity to go to Gokula. Leaving Balarāma, he informed Kṛṣṇa, “Balarāma, coming to Vraja, will see the intensity of the gopīs’ madness. I have already seen this. No one can pacify them as he can. He is the proper person to bring the message.”

[36] Writing down the words from Kṛṣṇa’s mouth, Uddhava, the best of ministers, gave the letter to Balarāma. As instructed by Uddhava, Balarāma sought them out and on the third day met with them.

Seeing Balarāma, they spoke with laughter without covering their heads. Thinking of their state of madness, my life air departs from my body. ||25||

[37] I will explain their laughter:

Kṛṣṇa vowed that he would return to Vraja. The gopīs wondered if Kṛṣṇa would quickly return. When only Balarāma returned and was respectful, in grief, they experienced the greatest pain, but expressed it as loud laughter. ||26||

[38] Though Kṛṣṇa did not come, the gopīs were not apathetic. Therefore they began speaking to Balarāma.

[39] The cause of their devotion to Balarāma may be explained as follows: “Uddhava was born in a far off place. He does not understand about us and Kṛṣṇa. But Balarāma who has been living with Kṛṣṇa since birth understands everything.” ||27||

[40]] Their conversation is now described. Thinking that Kṛṣṇa had left Vraja and was enjoying his kingdom, they spoke with smiles and suggestion.

They said, “Is Kṛṣṇa enjoying nicely in Dvārakā, his capital city?” With a laugh she again asked, “Is it astonishing, since he is one man among all the city women?”

On reflecting, they then said, “First I will ask, does he ever remember his friends, his father, his mother or even his house?” ||28||

They said with detachment, “Does he sometimes remember his friends, his father, his mother or not? Our confidence turns to doubt. What is the use of our remembering him? Previously our minds wanted to ask about him. Does he remember the service we did?” ||29||

[41] Remembering the sweetness of his arms, they were temporarily bewildered. Then they began to speak again with doubtful mind:

“Breaking their love, he has rejected those who gave up father, mother, brothers, sisters, nephews, managers of the house, to worship him. But our hearts keep following him. O best master! Why should the best of women not accept his words?” ||30||

[42] Someone else said, “If he has put us in this condition, curse him! Why do the city women with unsteady minds believe his words?”

Though she did not finish speaking, some others spoke, “Is there not some woman who can control this lots-eyed person who knows how to speak wonderful messages with incomparable sweetness?” ||31||

[43] A gopī, criticizing and instructing all the other gopīs, spoke last, “I have made all of them accept words filled with sharp arrows. A curse on me! I have said, ‘What use do we have of speaking about him? We should speak about some other pleasant subject. If he can spend his time without us, why can’t we pass our time without him?’” ||32||

When the gopīs’ hearts became hard, they remembered his smile, walk, speech, glance and embrace and began crying. ||33||

[44] Balarāma, most compassionate, stunned like an immobile pole, with tears streaming from his red eyes, remained bewildered about what to do for a moment.

[45] Calling them mothers, offering them praise, indicating various disturbances which caused Kṛṣṇa’s delay in coming, frightening them by saying that Kṛṣṇa would permanently faint on hearing of their pain, Balarāma, with various conciliatory words spoke to them:

Just as I have strong affection for Kṛṣṇa since childhood, I have strong affection for you. I swear this is true. O wives of my brother! I should not burn the heart of my brother with the embers lying in my heart. ||34||

Knowing Kṛṣṇa’s heart, I have come to Vraja. Knowing his heart deeply, I speak to you with consoling words. If I knew he was indifferent, I would not be able to do this or to speak with you. I would not be satisfied with him. ||35||

Staying in Dvārakā, my brother has given liberation to the enemies. Ah! I do not accept it when you say he has given you up, for, desiring him, you gave up local dharma, and without attachment to your houses, desire to give up your bodies immediately. ||36||

So much is he controlled by your qualities that he sent me to you though I am elder, to please you. His messages are most attractive. By them you will gain happiness. If not, the message writer himself will come. ||37||

[46] May his letter give you happiness!

All the messages that I sent after leaving are full of promises that I will return. I have sent Uddhava as my emissary to speak these messages. Ah! Fearing great obstacles in this attempt, I have instructed and sent Balarāma. But my intelligence is shamed by your intelligence. ||38||

If I make myself a liar, to hell with me! How can I make the greatest gentleman Uddhava a liar? Let that be! But how can I make Balarāma, famous as the greatest among the great, a liar? Dear gopīs! My words cannot be untrue. ||39||

I am residing close to you. The proof is that I am present in both Dvārakā and Vraja. If not, both places could not be perfect. Since I am most anxious, quickly killing the remaining seven or eight enemies of the devotees, I will come to Vraja in seven or eight days. ||40||

[47] The conciliation is described in Viṣṇu Purāṇa:

sandeśaiḥ sāma-madhuraiḥ prema-garbhair agarvitaiḥ |

rāmeṇāśvāsitā gopyaḥ kṛṣṇasyāti-manoharaiḥ ||

Balarāma pacified all the gopīs of Kṛṣṇa by his attractive message, sweet with conciliation, which was full of prema and without pride. Viṣṇu Purāṇa 5.24.20

This is stated in summary in the Bhāgavatam:

The Supreme Lord Balarāma, the attractor of all, being expert at various kinds of conciliation, consoled the gopīs by relaying to them the confidential messages Kṛṣṇa had sent with him. These messages deeply touched the gopīs’ hearts. SB 10.65.16

[48-49] Hearing this, the gopīs, experiencing that they had attained Kṛṣṇa by the power of the message, on another day, revealed a message though a confidante with embarrassment:

“We accept your words that you will bring Kṛṣṇa. If you accept all my associates, these thin-bodied gopīs, who saved their youthful bodies till now for you, rejecting all enjoyment, and who remain in their houses with sick bodies, then I will keep these women near me. You should go and bring your younger brother.”

[50] Balarāma, accepting the message, said, “Knowing that we must console you now, and though we should do this, which has not yet been done, I desire to take permission from the elders.”

[51] Hearing the desire to ask the elders’ permission some women then spoke: “The elders, fearing contamination by having made us marry someone else, knowing that our actions are ardently dedicated to Kṛṣṇa alone with our body mind and words, have become depressed. They will beg you to bring Kṛṣṇa.”

[52] Consenting to their request, with this on his mind, he went to Nanda’s house. Rādhā and the other gopīs through an assistant, having taken shelter of Yaśodā, went to the elders to request that Balarāma should accept the young unmarried gopīs. The elders then requested Balarāma to do this, through a messenger.

[53] They requested him several times, “Though it is not proper at this time, I act according to your wish. But until my brother comes to Vraja, I cannot accept marriage with great celebration.” The elders were happy and accepted this.

[54] Then Balarāma, accepting all the women according to Gāndharva rites, in a pleasant isolated grove, north of attractive Bhāṇḍira forest, he married them. There the Yamunā flowed at a distance. When he wanted to divide up the river into a thousand streams, Yamunā manifested her stubborn nature. Balarāma pulled her in order to bring her close. This gave joy to the people of Vraja. On being pulled by Balarāma, Yamunā glorified him.

[55] The sakhīs then inquired from Snigdhakaṇṭha, “Yamunā became the wife of Kṛṣṇa and went to Dvārakā. Then who was this?”

[56] Snigdhakaṇṭha said, “Just as Chāyā is the second form of Saṁjṣā (wife of the sun god), this river is a second form of Yamunā who is with Kṛṣṇa in Dvārakā. Balarāma spoke to Yamunā when he pulled her, ‘O beautiful woman! Of daughter of the ocean! This is my order.’” (Hari-vaṁśa 2.46.51)

[57] The speaker thought to himself:

How did the gopīs develop attraction for Balarāma, when they usually had attraction for Kṛṣṇa? Let that question be. Some unintelligent people, not knowing the conclusions mentioned in Bhāgavatam, discuss this topic uselessly, thinking that Kṛṣṇa and Balarāma had affection for the same gopīs, though the word gopī is used with different meanings at different times. The gopīs of Kṛṣṇa, though distracted because of their state of madness, said to Balarāma, “Is Kṛṣṇa, the darling of the city women, living happily?” By this evidence from the Bhāgavatam, speaking about Kṛṣṇa, the gopīs state that their happiness arises from Kṛṣṇa’s and his friends’ happiness.

[58] Kṛṣṇa’s gopīs said, “Does he remember our services?” (SB 10.65.10) This means “We become successful if he remembers our service.”

[59] They said to Balarāma, “For Kṛṣṇa’s sake, O descendant of Dāśārha, we abandoned our mothers, fathers, brothers, husbands, children and sisters, even though these family relations are difficult to give up.” (SB 10.65.11)They reveal that they gave up mothers and fathers for his sake. They spoke to Balarāma, older that Kṛṣṇa and the gopīs and established that they were dedicated only to Kṛṣṇa.

[60] They said, “But now, O Lord, that same Kṛṣṇa has suddenly abandoned us and gone away, breaking off all affectionate ties with us.” (SB 10.65.12) By this they indicate that their affection for him can never be broken.

[61] They said, “How could any woman fail to trust his promises?” (SB 10.65.12) They indicate that he has attraction for other women though they are dedicated only to him with intense love.

[62] They said, “How can intelligent city women possibly trust the words of one whose heart is so unsteady and who is so ungrateful?” (SB 10.65.13) They show Kṛṣṇa’s unsteady and ungrateful mind and confirm their steady faithfulness to him.

[63] They said, “They must believe him because he speaks so wonderfully and also because his beautiful smiling glances arouse their lust.” (SB 10.65.13) By this they indicate that their hearts have been stolen by him.

[64] They said, “Why bother talking about him, dear gopī? Please talk of something else. If he passes his time without us, then we shall similarly pass ours.” (SB 10.65.14) By this they show determination to make themselves hard-hearted since they are overcome with great suffering from separation.

[65] “While speaking these words, the young cowherd women remembered Śauri’s laughter, his pleasing conversations with them, his attractive glances, his style of walking and his loving embraces. Thus they began to cry.” (SB 10.65.15) By Śukadeva’s words which produce all happiness, it is understood that their bodies had become liquid by submersion in the ocean of affection for Kṛṣṇa. Thus it is only fools who think that these gopīs could develop attachment for Balarāma.

[66] Their dedication to Kṛṣṇa alone is revealed also on their trip to Kurukṣetra. The first and last verses of their statement are given here:

While gazing at their beloved Kṛṣṇa, the young gopīs used to condemn the creator of their eyelids, which would momentarily block their vision of him. Now, seeing Kṛṣṇa again after such a long separation, with their eyes they took him into their hearts, and there they embraced him to their full satisfaction. In this way they became totally absorbed in ecstatic meditation on him, although those who constantly practice mystic yoga find such absorption difficult to achieve. SB 10.82.39

Dear Lord, whose navel is just like a lotus flower, your lotus feet are the only shelter for those who have fallen into the deep well of material existence. Your feet are worshiped and meditated upon by great mystic yogīs and highly learned philosophers. We wish that these lotus feet may also be awakened within our hearts, although we are only ordinary persons engaged in household affairs. SB 10.82.48

Their full dedication to Kṛṣṇa is indicated in Kṛṣṇa’s conversation with Uddhava. The first and last verses spoken by Kṛṣṇa are given here:

The residents of Vṛndāvana, headed by the gopīs, were always completely attached to me with deepest love. Therefore, when my uncle Akrūra brought my brother Balarāma and me to the city of Mathurā, the residents of Vṛndāvana suffered extreme mental distress because of separation from me and could not find any other source of happiness. SB 11.12.10

All those hundreds of thousands of gopīs, understanding me to be their most charming lover and ardently desiring me in that way, were unaware of my actual position. Yet by intimately associating with me, the gopīs attained me, the Supreme Absolute Truth. SB 11.12.13

Moreover Balarāma acted in this way:

saṅkarṣaṇas tāḥ kṛṣṇasya sandeśair hṛdayaṅgamaiḥ |

sāntvayām āsa bhagavān nānānunaya-kovidaḥ ||

The Supreme Lord Balarāma, the attractor of all, being expert at various kinds of conciliation, consoled the gopīs by relaying to them the confidential messages Kṛṣṇa had sent with him. These messages deeply touched the gopīs’ hearts. SB 10.65.16

The words of Kṛṣṇa should be considered the most effective means of consoling the gopīs for those words were accepted to have come from his heart. Balarāma was “expert at various kinds of conciliation.” However Balarāma, described by these words, should be accepted as the secondary conciliator. Though Balarāma is Bhagavān who is expert at conciliation, he should be understood to be secondary as Bhagavān. Therefore speaking of Balarāma as having attraction for Kṛṣṇa’s gopī is foolish. Those who are diligent should see these proofs which have been supplied.

[67] Though the word gopī is commonly used, the word *gopī (*Kṛṣṇa’s beloveds) in this context should not be taken to mean other women. The word is used to refer to Kṛṣṇa’s mother and others in the following examples from Bhāgavatam:

The gopī wives of the cowherd men were very pleased to hear that mother Yaśodā had given birth to a son. SB 10.5.9

The gopīs first executed the process of ācamana, drinking a sip of water from the right hand.

SB 10.6.21

Having long suffered the anxiety of separation, the cowherd men and their wives (gopīs) embraced Balarāma. The Lord then offered respects to his parents, and they joyfully greeted him with prayers. SB 10.65.2

Neither Lord Brahmā, nor Lord Śiva, nor even the goddess of fortune, who is always the better half of the Supreme Lord, can obtain from the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the deliverer from this material world, such mercy as received by mother Yaśodā (gopī). SB 10.9.20

Nor should one take all of these statements about gopīs to mean that they were all Kṛṣṇa’s lovers. Similarly, in the Fifth Canto (5.11.12-13), there are contiguous statements (verses 12-13) with the word kṣetra-jṣa, but the word means jīva in the first instance and God in the second instance.

Some people think that since Kṛṣṇa and Balarāma are both Bhagavān and have no difference there is no fault if they have the same gopī lovers. But then there would the fault of both of them enjoying the same queens at Dvārakā. Balarāma is not like Uddhava and is certainly not like Kṛṣṇa. Some will say that they pacify the gopīs as the Supreme Lord and that there is no difference. But this is not suitable for pacifying the gopīs. Thinking in this way, the idea of non-difference cannot be accepted.

Anyway, for two months continually Balarāma enjoyed pastimes with thousands of gopīs other than Kṛṣṇa’s, showing bold actions such as pulling Yamunā. Coming to give joy to Nanda and the others, he nourished their bliss. How could he do anything despicable? But what is the use of speaking of the harsh words of disputers who spoil the respect of the most honorable women?

[68] The reciter then concluded, giving happiness to the members of the assembly. “Let the previous talk be! It is astonishing! Please examine it carefully. Even in meeting Kṛṣṇa there is a glimmer of separation.” ||41||

[69] When the understanding of union had arisen and all were happy, as on previous days, everyone returned home. Kṛṣṇa and Rādhā in great joy went to their abode of enchantment.